WSR 98-20-108

PROPOSED RULES

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH

[Filed October 7, 1998, 11:59 a.m.]



Original Notice.

Preproposal statement of inquiry was filed as WSR 97-18-006.

Title of Rule: Chapter 246-290 WAC, Public water supplies.

Purpose: The purpose of amending the public water supply provisions of chapter 246-290 WAC is to develop performance-based standards, incorporate state and federal legislative changes, and reduce ambiguity. These changes are in response to the reauthorization of the Safe Drinking Water Act, the recommendations of the Water Supply Advisory Committee and the Drinking Water Task Force 2000, as well as studies performed by an engineering consultant concerning the department's water system design standards.

Statutory Authority for Adoption: RCW 43.20.050.

Statute Being Implemented: Chapter 70.119A RCW.

Summary: The changes include: Amending the water system design standards; reducing the engineering document review requirements for certain types of projects; clarifying and adding water conservation and financial viability requirements; clarifying the planning requirements for small systems; incorporating recent federal Safe Drinking Water Act amendments; clarifying cross-connection control requirements; providing a regulatory option for systems that want to pursue a limited alternative to filtration; and making several nonsubstantive organizational and grammatical changes.

Name of Agency Personnel Responsible for Drafting: Jude VanBuren, 7171 Cleanwater Lane, Building 3, (360) 236-3122; Implementation: Dave Monthie, 7171 Cleanwater Lane, Building 3, (360) 236-3091; and Enforcement: Linda Chapman, 7171 Cleanwater Lane, Building 3, (360) 236-3156.

Name of Proponent: Department of Health, governmental.

Rule is necessary because of federal law, Public Law 104-182.

Explanation of Rule, its Purpose, and Anticipated Effects: The purpose of these rules is to define basic regulatory requirements and to protect the health of consumers using public drinking water supplies. The rules specifically address: Design, construction, sampling, management, maintenance, and operation practices. The State Board of Health is amending several public water supply provisions to reflect changes in the federal Safe Drinking Water Act as well as the changes in state statute. The proposal incorporates recommendations of consultants to provide flexibility to systems in meeting requirements, and utilize performance-based standards that rely on expertise of engineering professionals. The changes also reflect input from constituents that the department received through an extensive public participation process.

Proposal Changes the Following Existing Rules: The changes include: Amending the water system design standards; reducing the engineering document review requirements for certain types of projects; clarifying and adding water conservation and financial viability requirements; clarifying the planning requirements for small systems; incorporating recent federal Safe Drinking Water Act amendments; clarifying cross-connection control requirements; providing a regulatory option for systems that want to pursue a limited alternative to filtration; and making several nonsubstantive organizational and grammatical changes.

A small business economic impact statement has been prepared under chapter 19.85 RCW.



Small Business Economic Impact Statement

Requirements for Small Business Economic Impact Statements: The legislature enacted the Regulatory Fairness Act (chapter 19.85 RCW) based on the following finding:

The legislature finds that administrative rules adopted by state agencies can have a disproportionate impact on the state's small businesses because of the size of those businesses. This disproportionate impact reduces competition, innovation, employment, and new employment opportunities, and threatens the very existence of some small businesses. The legislature therefore enacts the Regulatory Fairness Act with the intent of reducing the disproportionate impact of state administrative rules on small business, (RCW 19.85.011).

The Regulatory Fairness Act requires state agencies to prepare a small business economic impact statement (SBEIS) to determine whether "the proposed rule will have a disproportionate (cost) impact on small businesses." Whenever an agency finds a disproportionate impact, it must, "where legal and feasible in meeting the state objectives of the statutes upon which the rule is based, reduce the cost imposed by the rule on small businesses."

The Department of Health uses a four-step procedure to comply with this mandate:

(1) The department determines whether the proposed regulation would impose a minor cost on businesses; only regulations imposing a "more than minor" cost require an SBEIS.

(2) For proposed regulations that impose "more than minor" cost, the department investigates the size range of affected businesses. If affected businesses are either all small (defined by the Regulatory Fairness Act as having fewer than fifty employees) or all large, the department determines that there is no disproportionate impact.

(3) When both large and small businesses are affected by the proposed regulation, the department uses one of the means of comparison mandated by the statute to determine if there is a disproportionate cost impact:

(a) Cost per employee;

(b) Cost per hour of labor; or

(c) Cost per one hundred dollars of sales.

(4) If this comparison reveals a disproportionate impact, the department considers the legality of establishing a less restrictive standard for small businesses. If legal, the department works to provide regulatory relief in such a way as to maximize achievement of the department's overall regulatory objectives.1



1The reader should bear in mind that the Regulatory Fairness Act does not intend for state agencies to compare the benefit and cost of a proposed regulation. As such, this SBEIS does not include benefit estimates of the proposed regulation. A benefit-cost analysis is prepared under the Administrative Procedure Act (RCW 34.05.328) and will be placed in the rule-making file and available for public review before the regulation is adopted.

The Regulation of Private Drinking Water Systems in Washington State: Washington state law vests authority to regulate drinking water with the department and the Washington State Board of Health (board). Specifically, the board is directed to:

(a) Adopt rules necessary to assure safe and reliable public drinking water and to protect the public health. Such rules shall establish requirements regarding:

(i) The design and construction of public water system facilities, including proper sizing of pipes and storage for the number and type of customers;

(ii) Drinking water quality standards, monitoring requirements, and laboratory certification requirements;

(iii) Public water system management and reporting requirements;

(iv) Public water system planning and emergency response requirements;

(v) Public water system operation and maintenance requirements;

(vi) Water quality, reliability, and management of existing but inadequate public water systems, and;

(vii) Quality standards of the source or supply, or both source and supply, of water for bottled water plants, (RCW 43.20.050).

In response, the board adopts and periodically revises drinking water regulations. Recent amendments to the federal Safe Drinking Water Act (1996), the Governor's Executive Order on Regulatory Reform (97-02), and program changes initiated the proposed revisions. The revisions are needed for Washington to retain regulatory authority for drinking water systems (rather than federal oversight), to clarify regulatory intent, and to provide drinking water systems substantial flexibility in meeting the regulatory mandates.

This proposal revises regulations governing the operation of Group A water systems - those with fifteen or more connections or serving twenty-five or more people. The department currently regulates 1,524 Group A water systems classified as businesses. Approximately seventy-five percent of Group A water systems fall into the following five categories and Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes:2



2 This determination was made by an independent consultant hired by the department in 1995 to establish such baseline information.



Type of business SIC code
Water suppliers 4941
Mobile homes and trailer parks 6515
Hotels, motels, and resorts 7011
RV parks and campsites 7033
Eating places 5812

However, many other types of businesses own public water systems, even when the provision of water has little bearing on the businesses' primary product or service. The types of companies that compose the remaining twenty-five percent of water systems include, but are not limited to:

Type of business SIC code Type of business SIC code
Grocery stores 5411 Skating rinks 7999
Golf courses 7997 Day cares 8351
Marinas 4493 Athletic clubs 7991
Fruit companies 0175 Nursing homes 8051
Orchards 0181 Livestock exchanges 5154
Gasoline stations 5541 Air taxi services 4522
Nurseries 5261 Trout farms 0273

For regulatory purposes, public water systems are divided into community systems, which mainly serve residential customers, and noncommunity systems, which serve mostly nonresidential customers. Businesses designated as community systems vary in size and have from two to 4,000 connections, though most have fewer than one hundred connections. The noncommunity systems are typically very small, and the majority have fewer than five connections.

Is an SBEIS necessary? Under the act, a small business economic impact statement (SBEIS) is required whenever a regulation imposes "more than minor" costs on a regulated business. The "more than minor" threshold varies by industry (e.g., $300 for water suppliers and $50 for eating establishments). However, the projected increase in water system operating costs from the proposed WAC changes exceeds all "more than minor" cost thresholds. Therefore, an SBEIS is required.

What is a small business? The Regulatory Fairness Act defines a business as any "… entity, including a sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership, or other legal entity, that is owned and operated independently from all other businesses, that has the purpose of making a profit …" This definition excludes many Washington state water systems. Public systems such as those operated by the cities of Seattle and Tacoma are not considered businesses, nor are not-for-profit systems owned by homeowner associations. The act defines a small business as one that employs less than fifty individuals.

Does the proposed rule impose disproportionate costs on small businesses? Under this definition of small business, this proposed rule does not impose disproportionate costs on small businesses. Over ninety-nine percent of all private, for-profit entities affected by the rule have fewer than fifty employees. As a result, water systems with less than fifty employees cannot pay more than water systems with more than fifty employees. This finding relieves the department from providing regulatory relief to small businesses3. Nevertheless, the department worked hard to ease the regulatory burden to all businesses.



3 Existing regulations already provide some relief to smallest drinking water systems. For example, the Small Water System Management Plan is significantly less onerous than the Water System plan required of larger systems. Similarly, small systems have reduced monitoring and record-keeping requirements. This regulatory relief is continued in the proposed regulatory changes.



Department of Health Efforts to Reduce the Cost of the Existing Regulations: One of the department's goal in the amendments was to increase regulatory flexibility. To this end the proposal includes an alternative procedure for calculating the water demand design criteria. Similarly, the proposal includes an alternative procedure for using noncertified materials having substantial contact with potable water supplies. The proposal also allows purveyors to avoid engineering document review for certain types of projects. The proposed changes would allow, on [a] case-by-case basis, purveyors to use alternatives to traditional filtration, which can be expensive. These proposed changes may reduce purveyor cost in meeting the department's fundamental public health objectives.

Department of Health Efforts to Reduce the Cost of the Proposed Regulations: Since the inception of this rule making the department has sought to minimize its cost impacts. The department significantly modified the original July 1997 proposal as a result of the public input process (see the public involvement section). The department eliminated several of the more controversial and costly proposals while significantly changing others. Examples of these changes include:

July 1997 Proposal Current Proposal
Small community water systems required to hold a public meeting when preparing small water system management programs. No public meeting requirement for small water systems.
Purveyors would have been required to include several new elements in their pump tests. The pump test is performance based, and the stringency depends on the quality of the source and how much is known about it.
Purveyors with watershed protection programs would have had to update their potential contaminant inventories every two years. The frequency update for the contaminant inventory will remain at six years, as it is in current WAC.
Off-the-shelf disinfectants, such as Clorox or Purex, were not included in the list of certified treatment chemicals. Unscented off-the-shelf products, such as Clorox and Purex, can be used without meeting ANSI/NSF Standard 60.
Water systems could not design below 350 gpd per ERU. Water systems can design below 350 gpd per ERU if they have meter records to demonstrate such use.
When systems exceed secondary contaminant MCLs, purveyors would have to take follow-up action as directed by the department. Systems that exceed secondary MCLs must take action as directed by their customers. Those without customers, such as new community and nontransient noncommunity systems, must provide treatment.
Closed-loop water systems and without gravity storage would have to provide backup power in order to meet reliability standards. Water system consumers can establish an acceptable level of reliability.
Purveyors have to notify their customers after a nonscheduled loss of pressure (e.g., a main break) and keep the main out of service until obtaining a satisfactory bacteriological sample. Purveyors must protect their consumers from hazardous backflow situations, and must use standard industry practices following main breaks.

The department further modified and/or eliminated certain sections after obtaining cost projections in a series of water system work group meetings during the summer of 1998 (see Table below). The department estimates that these changes significantly reduced annual water system costs. The revisions/deletions lowered the estimated cost for a typical system with one hundred connections by about twenty percent while the cost for a 1000 connection system with [which] fell an estimated fifty percent.



Annual Cost Reduction of Revisions and Deletions After the 1998 Cost Survey

Deleted or Modified Revisions Annual Cost Savings for a Typical Water System by Number of Connections
100 1000 10,000
Small Water System Management Program - WAC 246-290-105 (3) (d), (e), (f), (g)

The department will not propose to require community and noncommunity systems that have sanitary surveys that identify deficiencies or those that are needing to document regulatory compliance and systems applying for SRF funding to submit a SWSMP (Cost Survey: Issue 2 - Activity 2)

$45 N/A N/A
Watershed Control Program - WAC 246-290-135 (4)(c)(ii)

The requirement for a two-year update on potential contaminants was deleted. Words "surface water contamination sources" were added to clarify which contaminants were of concern (Cost Survey: Issue 8 - Activity 2)

$10 $0 $0
Pilot Studies to Evaluate Groundwater - WAC 246-290-260(2)

This entire section addressing requirements of pilot studies for groundwater evaluation was eliminated. (Cost Survey: Issue 12 - Activity 1)

$25 $415 $950
Agreements for In-Premise Protection - WAC 246-290 (2)(i)(v)

All requirements for written agreements between local administrative authorities and purveyor have been eliminated including (Cost Survey: Issue 21: Activities 1 and 2):

a) Written agreements with local administrative authorities

b) Agreements with individual customers











$5

$20











$225

$550











$600

$1150

Recordkeeping and Reporting - Water production and consumption - WAC 246-290-480(2)

Monthly water production volumes are allowed to be estimated rather than require metered data (Cost Survey: Issue 20 - Activity 2)

$0 $2400 $0
Cross Connection Control Education (CCC) Program - WAC 246-290(3)

Requirement for educating customers about cross-connection control has been deleted. This issue will be addressed in the Consumer Confidence Report requirements that will be adopted in 1999. (Cost Survey: Issue 22 - Activity 6)

$300 $1400 $900
Total Cost Reduction from Deletions/Revisions $405 $4,990 $4,200

In a further effort to minimize purveyor costs, the department has developed numerous guidance documents that are available free of charge to purveyors. These guidance documents are designed to help purveyors understand and comply with regulations governing public water systems. The guidance documents assist purveyors with topics such as water system design, monitoring, reporting and planning. Many of them are in workbook form, and are designed to walk purveyors through regulatory requirements in a simple step-by-step manner. Despite the department's effort towards minimizing costs and increasing purveyor flexibility the proposed changes remain potentially expensive for some systems. Developing a precise estimate of the overall cost of complying with the proposed regulations is very difficult. The proposal affects many different aspects of water system operation. The cost to any given water system will depend on its individual circumstances (e.g., whether the system treats its water for chemical contamination) and its operational, technical, managerial and financial capabilities.

The department employed the cost survey to help determine the additional cost of complying with the proposed changes (see the 'small business involvement' section). As a rough estimate, the department places the cost of the proposed regulations as follows:



Estimates of the Cost of the Regulatory Proposal

Annual Water System Cost of Complying with the Draft Amendments by the Number of Customer Connections
Number of Connections 100 1,000 10,000
Cost Range $1,047 -$8,724 $3,830 -$21,380 $8,300 -$25,400
Median Cost $1,567 $4,810 $11,300
(cost per customer) ($15.70) ($4.80) ($1.10)

To obtain the above estimates, the department averaged one-time or intermittent costs over time. (e.g., a $1200 cost once every six years was counted as a $200 annual cost.) See the significant analysis in the rule-making file for a more complete description of how the department calculated these cost estimates.



To provide perspective on these cost estimates, the department investigated current water rates in Washington. In a 1998 survey, the Association of Washington Cities determined that the average water rate for 200.+ cities and towns is $230.04. Most surveyed towns had more than 1000 connections. Thus, the predicted increase of $4.80 would equate to about a 2% increase in rates. The department also found that the Utilities and Transportation Commission does not consider privately-owned water systems under one hundred connections to warrant rate regulation unless the average customer revenue is $418 or more annually. The estimated rate increase brought about by the proposal is only 3.8% of that regulatory threshold.

Some of the proposed changes are necessary for the department to comply with the statutory mandate of "assur(ing) safe and reliable public drinking water and to protect the public health." Other changes will keep Washington state regulations consistent with federal law. Consistency is necessary for Washington state to retain primacy - state rather than federal oversight of drinking water systems. Consistent regulations are also necessary for the state to receive federal money for the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund. The department loans this money to public water systems at below-market rates. This money also is given in grants to groups providing technical assistance to public water systems. Even when they choose not to apply for loans, small water systems can benefit from the technical assistance provided by these nonprofit organizations. See below for examples of changes needed to maintain consistency.

Revisions to Chapter 246-290 WAC to Retain Consistency with SDWA 1996 Amendments

(1) Criteria for Unfiltered Systems with a Limited Alternative to Filtration: Allow unfiltered systems to utilize alternative to filtration, on a case-by-case basis:

Washington State Rule: WAC 246-290-691.

Federal Rule: Public Law 104-182, Section 106, Section 1412 (b)(7)(C) (42 U.S.C. 300g-1 (b)(7)(C)).

(2) Water System Capacity Development: Assure that new community water systems and new nontransient, noncommunity water systems demonstrate "technical, managerial and financial capacity with respect to each national primary drinking water regulation …" Section 1420 (U.S.C. 300g-9(a)). After August 6, 2000, the state must develop and implement "… a strategy to assist public water systems in acquiring and maintaining technical managerial and financial capacity" for existing Group A systems. Section 1420 (U.S.C. 300g-9 (c) 1). Furthermore, the state must determine how to "… establish a baseline and measure improvements in capacity with respect to national primary drinking water regulations and State drinking water law …" Section 1420 (U.S.C. 300g-9) (c)(2)(D):

Washington State Rule: WAC 246-290-100 Water system plan and 246-290-105 Small water system management program.

Federal Rule: Public Law 104-182, Section 1420 Part B 42 U.S.C. 300g-9 et seq.).

(3) Lead Plumbing and Pipes: Ascertains that materials that have contact with drinking water be lead free:

Washington State Rule: WAC 246-290-220.

Federal Rule: Public Law 104-182, Section 1417 (42 U.S.C. 300g-6).

(4) State Revolving Funds: No Drinking Water State Revolving Fund assistance can be provided to a public water system that "does not have the technical, managerial, and financial capability to ensure compliance with the requirements" or in that "the use of the assistance will ensure compliance" Section 1452 (U.S.C. 300j - 12(G)):

Washington State Rule: WAC 246-290-100 Water system plan and 246-290-105 Small water system management program.

Federal Rule: Public Law 104-182, Section 1452 (42 U.S.C. 300j-12).

Draft Federal Rule: 40 CFR Part 35 (due in late 1998).

(5) Definition of Group A Water Systems: Includes systems supplying water through "constructed conveyances" to the definition of water systems subject to the SDWA:

Washington State Rule: WAC 246-290-020 Applicability.

Federal Rule: Public Law 104-182, Section 1401(4) (42 U.S.C. 300f(4)).

(6) Coliform monitoring for small systems (<4,100 population): Requires sanitary survey in order to avoid significantly higher monthly monitoring:

Washington State Rule: WAC 246-290-300 Monitoring requirements and 246-290-416 Sanitary surveys.

Federal Law: Public Law 104-182, Section 1418 (42 U.S.C. 300g-7).

How did the department involve businesses when developing the proposed rule?

The department's proposal to amend chapter 246-290 WAC has been in progress for approximately two years. During that time, the department has actively sought the regulated community's opinion on its proposals. The department routinely notified water purveyors of all sizes and types of ownership, including small businesses, of its progress and invited them to attend several state-wide public workshops. In addition, the department published and widely distributed two review drafts, the first in July 1997 and the second in April 1998, on which it sought public comment both at the workshops and in writing.

The main vehicle the department used for notifying water purveyors of the regulatory proposals was the Division of Drinking Water's newsletter The Water Tap. The division publishes the newsletter quarterly and sends it to approximately 8,000 parties, including all Group A systems. Articles concerning the rule and the amendment process appeared in the following issues:

1996 Issues 1997 Issues 1998 Issues
February March March
July June June
October September
December December

In addition to publicizing the availability of draft proposals on which water purveyors could comment in the Water Tap, the division also used the newsletter to advertise several workshops that the division held around the state concerning the general WAC changes as well as those specifically addressing cross-connection control (WAC 246-290-490). The department held workshops and public meetings to inform the purveyors about the proposals and to take their comments and suggestions. These meetings were very well attended, attracting some 550 participants to the general WAC meetings and 300 to the cross-connection control meetings. In addition, the department received approximately 1000 comments on the draft proposal. Department staff addressed each comment and adjusted the regulatory proposal when appropriate.

Date Location Topic
May 21, 1997 Seattle Cross-connection control
June 17, 1997 Spokane Cross-connection control
July 22, 1997 Yakima General chapter changes
July 24, 1997 Tumwater General chapter changes
July 29, 1997 Edmonds General chapter changes
July 31, 1997 Spokane General chapter changes
May 28, 1998 Spokane General chapter changes
May 29, 1998 Bellevue General chapter changes
June 1, 1998 Lacey General chapter changes
June 2, 1998 Spokane Cross-connection control
June 8, 1998 Lacey Cross-connection control
June 17, 1998 Everett Cross-connection control

Another tool the division used to involve businesses and other purveyors in the rule was a cost survey that was designed to more clearly define the costs of the most controversial or costly proposals, as identified by the water purveyors through the public involvement process. The survey asked approximately forty water purveyors and consultants, including businesses, to estimate the costs of the proposed changes. Each individual was asked to respond to a limited set of proposals and was given the option of responding to others of interest. The department then convened three meetings (July 30, 1998, at Spokane and August 3 and 4 at SeaTac) at which the respondents shared their conclusions. The department used the findings of the cost survey meetings to further refine its proposals and mitigate some of the costs identified by the purveyors.

What are the reporting, recordkeeping, and other compliance requirements? The amendments to chapter 246-290 WAC are comprehensive and affect many aspects of public water system operation. The majority of the changes are performance-based and administrative or procedural in nature. Many of the proposed changes will not affect all water systems. Rather, they will affect certain water systems as they undertake actions that fall within the scope of the regulatory proposals.

Some amendments increase the need for purveyors to retain consultants. For example, proposed changes to the regulations regarding water system plans, project reports, and construction documents would require additional review by a professional engineer. Below is a list of the proposed amendments' reporting, recordkeeping and other paperwork requirements. However, the compliance requirements placed on an individual water system will depend on its operational characteristics and its present record-keeping practices.



Reporting

Purveyors who prepare water system plans must prepare a source of supply analysis and must include specific information in the financial viability analysis.

Purveyors who prepare Wellhead protection area delineations must include the six-month time of travel boundary in their wellhead protection programs.

All new nontransient noncommunity systems must submit small water system management programs.

Purveyors who prepare small water system management programs must include new information, including maps, water right evaluation, source pumping records, system improvements, water quality monitoring information, and an emergency response plan.

Purveyors must address water rights in project reports if they are not already addressed in water system plans.

Purveyors who are not required to prepare water system plans and who do prepare project reports must include the project's estimated capital and annual operating costs in the project report.

Purveyors must address water rights in construction documents if they are not already addressed in water system plans or project reports.

Purveyors must provide documentation of adequate water rights for new source approval.

Purveyors must include record drawings in construction documents.

Purveyors who use interties must include specific information in their water system plans, including a water right assessment.

Intertie agreements between purveyors must include specific information.

Purveyors who use emergency interties must receive department approval.

Purveyors must report physical capacity in equivalent residential units on project reports.

On the annual water facilities inventory form, purveyors must report monthly water purchases and annual totals of water purchased from or sold to other purveyors.

Purveyors with more than 1,000 connections must report monthly and annual water usage by consumer class (estimates of monthly usage allowed when monthly data is not collected).

Purveyors must report backflow incidents to the department, local health jurisdiction, and local administrative authority.

Purveyors must prepare an annual cross-connection control summary report.

Recordkeeping

Purveyors must keep monthly and annual totals of water purchased from or sold to other purveyors.

Purveyors with more than 1,000 connections must keep monthly and annual water production totals for each consumer classes (estimates of monthly usage allowed when monthly data is not collected).

Purveyors must maintain records of premises posing a potential cross-connection control hazard for as long as the premises pose a hazard.

Purveyors must keep cross-connection control records concerning device inventories for five years or for the life of the device, whichever is shorter.

Purveyors must keep cross-connection control records concerning backflow incidents and annual summary reports for five years.

Miscellaneous

Purveyors who prepare water system plans must notify their consumers and conduct informational meetings when preparing the plans.

Purveyors who conduct pump tests must demonstrate that the source has an adequate quantity of water to meet source design, without causing water quality problems. The specific information required will depend on a number of factors identified in the new design manual.

Materials in substantial contact with water must conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 61.

Treatment chemicals must conform to ANSI/NSF Standard 60.

Transmission lines must maintain at least five psi.

New distribution reservoirs must include a screened roof vent, overflow pipe with atmospheric discharge, provision for sample collection, drain to daylight (or approved alternative adequate to protect against cross-connection), and a provision for tank isolation to perform maintenance.

Purveyors who sell water to other systems must monitor for source contaminants based on the total population served by that source.

Purveyors with secondary contaminant problems must determine their existing customers' desire to address the situation.

New community and nontransient noncommunity systems without consumers must provide treatment for secondary contaminants.

All systems must have sanitary surveys performed every five years.

Water purveyors must determine their consumers' desired level of system reliability.

Purveyors who provide disinfection must conduct chlorine residual sampling at the same frequency and in the same locations as their routine and repeat coliform sample collection.

Purveyors who operate chemical contaminant treatment facilities must collect finished water samples monthly. Samples from treatment facilities for primary contaminants must go to a certified lab for analysis, while the purveyor can analyze the samples from treatment facilities for secondary contaminants. Purveyors must submit a project report if the treatment exceeds primary maximum contaminant levels in at least four months per year.

Bypass lines that bypass backflow prevention devices must provide at least as much protection as do the main lines.

Will the proposed rule cause water systems to lose sales or revenue? The department finds it unlikely that the proposed regulatory changes will cause water systems any sales or revenue losses. Virtually all water system customers are captive. That is, they cannot change their supplier. As a result, water systems should not lose customers as a result of the proposed changes. However, to the extent that water systems pass through the increased compliance cost, the higher water bill may move some customers to use water more efficiently. Overall, the department believes that the proposed regulations will have a very small business or fiscal impact on water systems.

Business customers of water systems will probably consider the increased water cost as a fixed cost. Consequently, they will likely spread the small additional cost over all of their production or services, resulting in a negligible increase in the price of the goods or services they sell. It is unlikely that the magnitude of that increase would be large enough to change the purchasing behavior of the general public of those goods.



A copy of the statement may be obtained by writing to Department of Health, Environmental Health Programs, Division of Drinking Water, 7171 Cleanwater Lane, Building 3, P.O. Box 47822, Olympia, WA 98504-7822, phone (360) 236-3091, fax (360) 236-2253.

Section 201, chapter 403, Laws of 1995, applies to this rule adoption. This proposal is a "significant legislative rule" pursuant to RCW 34.05.328. The Department of Health will complete a significant legislative analysis prior to adopting the rule and will include the analysis in the rule-making file.

Hearing Location: Seattle Airport Hilton, 17620 Pacific Highway South, Seattle, WA 98188, on November 12, 1998, at 11:00 a.m.

Assistance for Persons with Disabilities: Contact Michael Zimmerman by November 6, 1998, TDD (800) 833-6388, or fax (360) 586-6033.

Submit Written Comments to: Jude VanBuren, fax (360) 236-3122, by November 12, 1998.

Date of Intended Adoption: November 12, 1998.

October 7, 1998

Sylvia Beck

Executive Director

State Board of Health

OTS-2484.1

AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-001  Purpose and scope. (1) The purpose of ((these rules)) this chapter is to define basic regulatory requirements and to protect the health of consumers using public drinking water supplies.

(2) The rules of this chapter are specifically designed to ensure:

(a) Adequate design, construction, sampling, management, maintenance, and operation practices; and

(b) Provision of safe and high quality drinking water in a reliable manner and in a quantity suitable for intended use.

(3) Purveyors shall be responsible for complying with the regulatory requirements of this chapter.

(4) These rules are intended to conform with ((P.L.)) Public Law 93-523, the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, and ((P.L.)) Public Law 99-339, the Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1986, and certain provisions of Public Law 104-182, the Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1996.

(5) The rules set forth are adopted under chapter 43.20 RCW. Other statutes relating to this chapter are:

(a) RCW 43.20B.020, Fees for services--Department of health and department of social and health services;

(b) Chapter 43.70 RCW, Department of health;

(c) Chapter 70.05 RCW, Local health department, boards, officers--Regulations;

(d) Chapter 70.116 RCW, Public Water System Coordination Act of 1977;

(e) Chapter 70.119 RCW, Public water supply systems--Certification and regulation of operators;

(f) Chapter 70.119A RCW, Public water systems--Penalties and compliance; and

(g) Chapter 70.142 RCW, Chemical contaminants and water quality.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-001, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-001, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-005, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-005, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-005, filed 9/8/83.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-002  Guidance. (1) The department has numerous guidance documents available to help purveyors comply with state and federal rules regarding drinking water. These include documents on the following subjects:

(a) Compliance;

(b) System management and financial assistance;

(c) Groundwater protection;

(d) Growth management;

(e) Operations/maintenance;

(f) Operator certification;

(g) Water system planning;

(h) Monitoring and water quality;

(i) System approval;

(j) Small water systems;

(k) Water resources;

(l) Water system design; and

(m) General information.

(2) The guidance documents are available at minimal or no cost by contacting the division of drinking water's publication service at (360) 236-3099 or (800) 521-0323. Individuals can also request the documents via the Internet at http://www.doh.wa.gov/ehp/dw or through conventional mail at P.O. Box 47822, Olympia, Washington 98504-7822.



[]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-010  Definitions. Abbreviations and acronyms:

ADD - average day demand;

AG - air gap;

ANSI - American National Standards Institute;

APWA - American Public Works Association;

ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers;

AVB - atmospheric vacuum breaker;

AWWA - American Water Works Association;

BAT - best available technology;

C - residual disinfectant concentration in mg/L;

CFR - code of federal regulations;

((CSE - comprehensive system evaluation;))

CT - the mathematical product in mg/L - minutes of "C" and "T";

CWSSA - critical water supply service area;

DCDA - double check detector assembly;

DCVA - double check valve assembly;

DWSRF - drinking water state revolving fund;

ERU - equivalent residential unit;

gph - gallons per hour;

gpm - gallons per minute;

GWI - ground water under the direct influence of surface water;

HPC - heterotrophic plate count;

IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials;

kPa - kilo pascal (SI units of pressure);

m - meter;

MCL - maximum contaminant level;

MDD - maximum day demand;

mg/L - milligrams per liter (1 mg/L.= 1 ppm);

mL - milliliter;

mm - millimeter;

MTTP - maximum total trihalomethane potential;

NSF - National Sanitation Foundation;

NTNC - nontransient noncommunity;

NTU - nephelometric turbidity unit;

PAA - project approval application;

pCi/L - picocuries per liter;

PHD - peak hourly demand;

ppm - parts per million (1 ppm.= 1 mg/L);

psi - pounds per square inch;

PVBA - pressure vacuum breaker assembly;

RPBA - reduced pressure backflow assembly;

RPDA - reduced pressure detector assembly;

SAL - state advisory level;

SCA - sanitary control area;

SDWA - Safe Drinking Water Act;

SEPA - State Environmental Policy Act;

SOC - synthetic organic chemical;

SMA - satellite management agency;

SPI - special purpose investigation;

SRF - state revolving fund;

SVBA - spill resistant vacuum breaker assembly;

SWTR - surface water treatment rule;

T - disinfectant contact time in minutes;

TTHM - total trihalomethane;

TNC - transient noncommunity;

TNTC - too numerous to count;

UBC - Uniform Building Code;

ug/L - micrograms per liter;

UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.;

umhos/cm - micromhos per centimeter;

UPC - Uniform Plumbing Code;

UTC - utilities and transportation commission;

VOC - volatile organic chemical;

WAC - Washington Administrative Code;

WADOT - Washington department of transportation;

WFI - water facilities inventory and report form; and

WHPA - wellhead protection area.

"Acute" means posing an immediate risk to human health.

"Alternate filtration technology" means a filtration process for substantial removal of particulates (generally > 2 log Giardia lamblia cysts) by physical straining through a fixed medium. It does not include conventional, direct, diatomaceous earth, or slow sand filtration processes.

"Analogous treatment system" means an existing water treatment system that has unit processes and source water quality characteristics that are similar to a proposed treatment system.

"Approved air gap" means a physical separation between the free-flowing end of a potable water supply pipeline and the overflow rim of an open or nonpressurized receiving vessel. To be an air gap approved by the department, the separation must be at least:

Twice the diameter of the supply piping measured vertically from the overflow rim of the receiving vessel, and in no case be less than one inch, when unaffected by vertical surfaces (sidewalls); and:

Three times the diameter of the supply piping, if the horizontal distance between the supply pipe and a vertical surface (sidewall) is less than or equal to three times the diameter of the supply pipe, or if the horizontal distance between the supply pipe and intersecting vertical surfaces (sidewalls) is less than or equal to four times the diameter of the supply pipe and in no case less than one and one-half inches.

"Approved atmospheric vacuum breaker" means an AVB of make, model, and size that is approved by the department. AVBs that appear on the current approved backflow prevention assemblies list developed by the University of Southern California Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research or that are listed or approved by other nationally recognized testing agencies (such as IAPMO, ANSI, or UL) acceptable to the local administrative authority are considered approved by the department.

"Approved backflow preventer" means an approved air gap, an approved backflow prevention assembly, or an approved AVB. The terms "approved backflow preventer," "approved air gap," or "approved backflow prevention assembly" refer only to those approved backflow preventers relied upon by the purveyor for the protection of the public water system. The requirements of WAC 246-290-490 do not apply to backflow preventers installed for other purposes.

"Approved backflow prevention assembly" means an RPBA, RPDA, DCVA, DCDA, PVBA, or SVBA of make, model, and size that is approved by the department. Assemblies that appear on the current approved backflow prevention assemblies list developed by the University of Southern California Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research or other entity acceptable to the department are considered approved by the department.

"As-built drawing" means the drawing created by an engineer from the collection of the original design plans, including changes made to the design or to the system, that reflects the actual constructed condition of the water system.

"Authorized agent" means any person who:

Makes decisions regarding the operation and management of a public water system whether or not he or she is engaged in the physical operation of the system;

Makes decisions whether to improve, expand, purchase, or sell the system; or

Has discretion over the finances of the system.

"Average day demand (ADD)" means the total quantity of water use from all sources of supply as measured or estimated over a calendar year divided by three hundred sixty-five. ADD is typically expressed as gallons per day (gpd).

"Backflow" means the undesirable reversal of flow of water or other substances through a cross-connection into the public water system or consumer's potable water system.

"Backflow assembly tester" means a person holding a valid BAT certificate issued in accordance with chapter 246-292 WAC.

"Backpressure" means any elevation of pressure in the downstream piping system (by pump, elevation of piping, or steam and/or air pressure) above the supply pressure at the point of consideration which would cause, or tend to cause, a reversal of the normal direction of flow.

"Backsiphonage" means backflow due to a reduction in system pressure in the purveyor's distribution system and/or consumer's potable water system.

"Best available technology (BAT)" means the best technology, treatment techniques, or other means ((which)) that EPA finds, after examination for efficacy under field conditions, are available, ((())taking cost into consideration(())). ((For the purposes of setting MCLs for synthetic organic chemicals, any BAT shall be at least as effective as granular activated carbon.))

"Blended sample" means a sample collected from two or more individual sources at a point downstream of the confluence of the individual sources and prior to the first connection.

"C" means the residual disinfectant concentration in mg/L at a point before or at the first consumer.

"Category red operating permit" means an operating permit identified as such pursuant to chapter 246-294 WAC. Placement in this category results in permit issuance with conditions and a determination that the system is inadequate.

(("Coliform sample" means a sample of water collected from the distribution system at or after the first service and analyzed for coliform presence in compliance with this chapter.)) "Chemical contaminant treatment facility" means a treatment facility specifically used for the purpose of removing chemical contaminants.

"Clarification" means a treatment process that uses gravity (sedimentation) or dissolved air (flotation) to remove flocculated particles.

"Closed system" means any water system or portion of a water system in which water is transferred to a higher pressure zone closed to the atmosphere, such as when no gravity storage is present.

"Coagulant" means a chemical used in water treatment to destabilize particulates and accelerate the rate at which they aggregate into larger particles.

"Coagulation" means a process using coagulant chemicals and rapid mixing to destabilize colloidal and suspended particles and agglomerate them into flocs.

"Completely treated water" means water from a surface or GWI source that receives filtration or disinfection treatment that fully complies with the treatment technique requirements of Part 6 of this chapter as determined by the department.

"Composite sample" means a sample ((created in a certified laboratory by mixing equal parts of water from up to five different sources)) in which more than one source is sampled individually by the water system and then composited by a certified laboratory by mixing equal parts of water from each source (up to five different sources) and then analyzed as a single sample.

"Comprehensive monitoring plan" means a schedule ((which)) that describes both the frequency and appropriate locations for sampling of drinking water contaminants as required by state and federal rules.

(("Comprehensive system evaluation (CSE)" means a review, inspection, and assessment of a public water system, including but not limited to: Source; facilities; equipment; operation and administration; maintenance; records; planning documents and schedules; and monitoring, for the purpose of ensuring that safe and adequate drinking water is provided.))

"Confirmation" means to demonstrate the accuracy of results of a sample ((to be precise)) by analyzing ((a)) another sample from the same location within a reasonable period of time, generally not to exceed two weeks. Confirmation ((occurs)) is when analysis results fall within plus or minus thirty percent of the original sample results.

"Confluent growth" means a continuous bacterial growth covering a portion or the entire filtration area of a membrane filter in which bacterial colonies are not discrete.

"Conservation program" means policies and activities implemented to encourage or cause efficient use of water on a long-term basis. Conservation programs shall include identification of the conservation objectives of the purveyor, evaluation of conservation measures considered, and identification of specific conservation measures identified for implementation.

"Construction completion report" means a form provided by the department and completed for each specific construction project to document:

Project construction in accordance with this chapter and general standards of engineering practice;

Physical capacity changes; and

Satisfactory test results.

The completed form must be stamped with an engineer's seal, and signed and dated by a professional engineer.

"Consumer" means any person receiving water from a public water system from either the meter, or the point where the service line connects with the distribution system if no meter is present. For purposes of cross-connection control, "consumer" means the owner or operator of a plumbing system connected to a public water system through a service connection.

"Contaminant" means a substance present in drinking water ((which)) that may adversely affect the health of the consumer or the aesthetic qualities of the water.

"Contingency plan" means that portion of the wellhead protection program section of the water system plan or small water system management program ((which)) that addresses the replacement of the major well(s) or wellfield in the event of loss due to ground water contamination.

"Continuous monitoring" means determining water quality with automatic recording analyzers that operate without interruption twenty-four hours per day.

"Conventional filtration treatment" means a series of processes including coagulation, flocculation, clarification, and filtration that together result in substantial particulate removal (> .= 2.5 log Giardia lamblia cysts).

"Critical water supply service area (CWSSA)" means a geographical area which is characterized by a proliferation of small, inadequate water systems, or by water supply problems which threaten the present or future water quality or reliability of service in such a manner that efficient and orderly development may best be achieved through coordinated planning by the water utilities in the area.

"Cross-connection" means ((a physical arrangement connecting a public water system, directly or indirectly, with anything other than another potable water system, and capable of contaminating the public water system)) any actual or potential physical connection between a public water system or the consumer's potable water system and any source of nonpotable liquid, solid, or gas that could contaminate the potable water supply by backflow.

"Cross-connection control program" means the written document that describes how the purveyor intends to comply with the requirements of this section.

"Cross-connection control specialist" means a person holding a valid CCS certificate issued in accordance with chapter 246-292 WAC.

"Cross-connection control summary report" means the annual report that describes the status of the purveyor's cross-connection control program.

"CT" or "CTcalc" means the product of "residual disinfectant concentration" (C) and the corresponding "disinfectant contact time" (T) i.e., "C" x "T".

"CT99.9" means the CT value required for 99.9 percent (3 log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts.

"CTreq" means the CT value a system shall provide to achieve a specific percent inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts or other pathogenic organisms of health concern as directed by the department.

"Curtailment" means short-term, infrequent actions by a purveyor and its consumers to reduce their water use during or in anticipation of a water shortage.

"Dead storage" means the volume of stored water not available to all consumers at the minimum design pressure in accordance with WAC 246-290-230(5) and (6).

"Demand forecast" means an estimate of future water system water supply needs assuming historically normal weather conditions and calculated using numerous parameters, including population, historic water use, local land use plans, water rates and their impacts on consumption, employment, projected conservation savings from implementation of a conservation program, and other appropriate factors.

"Department" means the Washington state department of health or health officer as identified in a joint plan of operation in accordance with WAC 246-290-030(1).

"Design and construction standards" means department design guidance and other peer reviewed documents generally accepted by the engineering profession as containing fundamental criteria for design and construction of water facility projects. Design and construction standards are comprised of performance and sizing criteria and reference general construction materials and methods.

"Diatomaceous earth filtration" means a filtration process for substantial removal of particulates (> 2 log Giardia lamblia cysts) in which:

A precoat cake of graded diatomaceous earth filter media is deposited on a support membrane (septum); and

Water is passed through the cake on the septum while additional filter media, known as body feed, is continuously added to the feed water to maintain the permeability of the filter cake.

"Direct filtration" means a series of processes including coagulation, flocculation, and filtration (but excluding sedimentation) that together result in substantial particulate removal (> 2 log Giardia lamblia cysts).

"Direct service connection" means a service hookup to a property that is contiguous to a water distribution main and where additional distribution mains or extensions are not needed to provide service.

"Disinfectant contact time (T in CT)" means: When measuring the first or only C, the time in minutes it takes water to move from the point of disinfectant application to a point where the C is measured; and

For subsequent measurements of C, the time in minutes it takes water to move from one C measurement point to the C measurement point for which the particular T is being calculated.

"Disinfection" means the use of chlorine or other agent or process the department approves for killing or inactivating microbiological organisms, including pathogenic and indicator organisms.

"Distribution coliform sample" means a sample of water collected from a representative location in the distribution system at or after the first service and analyzed for coliform presence in compliance with this chapter.

"Distribution-related projects" means distribution projects such as storage tanks, booster pump facilities, transmission mains, pipe linings, and tank coating. It does not mean source of supply (including interties) or water quality treatment projects.

"Distribution reservoir" means a water storage structure ((which)) that is integrated with a water system's distribution network to provide for variable system demands including, but not limited to, daily equalizing storage, standby storage, or fire reserves, or to provide for disinfectant contact time.

"Distribution system" means ((that portion)) all piping components of a public water system ((which)) that serve to convey((s)) water from ((the source and/or)) transmission mains linked to source, storage and treatment facilities to the consumer((s)) excluding individual services.

"Domestic or other nondistribution system plumbing problem," means contamination of a system having more than one service connection with the contamination limited to the specific service connection from which the sample was taken.

"Drinking water state revolving fund (DWSRF)" means the revolving loan program financed by the state and federal governments and managed by the state for the purpose of assisting water systems to meet their capital needs associated with complying with the federal Safe Drinking Water Act.

"Duplicate (verification) sample" means a second sample collected at the same time and location as the first sample and used for verification.

"Emergency" means an unforeseen event that causes damage or disrupts normal operations and requires immediate action to protect public health and safety.

"Emergency source" means any source that is approved by the department for emergency purposes only, is not used for routine or seasonal water demands, is physically disconnected, and is identified in the purveyor's emergency response plan.

"Engineering design review report" means a form provided by the department and completed for a specific distribution-related project to document:

Engineering review of a project report and/or construction documents under the submittal exception process in accordance with WAC 246-290-125(3); and

Design in accordance with this chapter and general standards of engineering practice.

The completed form must be stamped with engineer's seal, and signed and dated by a professional engineer.

"Equalizing storage" means the volume of storage needed to supplement supply to consumers when the peak hourly demand exceeds the total source pumping capacity.

"Equivalent residential unit (ERU)" means a system-specific unit of measure used to express the amount of water consumed by a typical full-time single family residence.

"Expanding public water system" means a public water system installing additions, extensions, changes, or alterations to their existing source, transmission, storage, or distribution facilities ((which)) that will enable the system ((increasing)) to increase in size its existing service area and/or its number of approved service connections. Exceptions:

A system ((which)) that connects new approved individual retail or direct service connections onto an existing distribution system within an existing service area; or

A distribution system extension in an existing service area identified in a current and approved water system plan or project report.

"Filtration" means a process for removal of particulate matter from water by passage through porous media.

"Financial viability" means the capability of a water system to obtain sufficient funds to construct, operate, maintain, and manage a public water system, on a continuing basis, in full compliance with federal, state, and local requirements.

"Fire flow" means the maximum rate and duration of water flow needed to ((fight)) suppress a fire((s)) under WAC 246-293-640 or ((adopted city, town, or county)) as required under local fire protection authority standards.

"Fire suppression storage" means the volume of stored water available during fire suppression activities to satisfy minimum pressure requirements per WAC 246-290-230.

"First ((customer)) consumer" means the first service connection((,)) associated with any source (i.e., the point where water is first withdrawn for human consumption, excluding connections where water is delivered to another water system covered by these regulations).

"Flocculation" means a process enhancing agglomeration and collection of colloidal and suspended particles into larger, more easily settleable or filterable particles by gentle stirring.

"Grab sample" means a water ((qualify [quality])) quality sample collected at a specific instant in time and analyzed as an individual sample.

"Ground water under the direct influence of surface water (GWI)" means any water beneath the surface of the ground((, which)) that the department determines has the following characteristics:

Significant occurrence of insects or other macroorganisms, algae, or large-diameter pathogens such as Giardia lamblia; or

Significant and relatively rapid shifts in water characteristics such as turbidity, temperature, conductivity, or pH closely correlating to climatological or surface water conditions where natural conditions cannot prevent the introduction of surface water pathogens into the source at the system's point of withdrawal.

"Guideline" means a department document assisting the purveyor in meeting a rule requirement.

"Health officer" means the health officer of the city, county, city-county health department or district, or an authorized representative.

"Heterotrophic Plate Count (HPC)" means a procedure to measure a class of bacteria that use organic nutrients for growth. The density of these bacteria in drinking water is measured as colony forming units per milliliter and is referred to as the HPC.

"High health cross-connection hazard" means a cross-connection which could impair the quality of potable water and create an actual public health hazard through poisoning or spread of disease by sewage, industrial liquids or waste.

"Human consumption" means the use of water for drinking, bathing or showering, hand washing, food preparation, cooking, or oral hygiene.

"Hydraulic analysis" means the study of ((the water system network evaluating water flows within the distribution system under worst case conditions such as, peak hourly design flow plus fire flow, when required. Hydraulic analysis includes consideration of all factors affecting system energy losses.

"Initial inventory" means an inventory which consists, at a minimum, of all potential sources of ground water contamination located within the one-year time of travel area of a WHPA and all high risk potential sources of ground water contamination located within the ten-year ground water time of travel area)) a water system's distribution main and storage network to determine present or future adequacy for provision of service to consumers within the established design parameters for the system under peak flow conditions, including fire flow. The analysis is used to establish any need for improvements to existing systems or to substantiate adequacy of design for distribution system components such as piping, elevated storage, booster stations or similar facilities used to pump and convey water to consumers.

"Inactivation ratio" means the ratio obtained by dividing CTcalc by CTreq.

"Incompletely treated water" means water from a surface or GWI source that receives filtration and/or disinfection treatment that does not fully comply with the treatment technique requirements of Part 6 of this chapter as determined by the department.

"In-line filtration" means a series of processes, including coagulation and filtration (but excluding flocculation and sedimentation) that together result in particulate removal.

"In-premises protection" means a method of protecting the health of consumers served by the consumer's plumbing system, located within the property lines of the consumer's premises by the installation of an approved air gap or backflow prevention assembly at the point of hazard, which is generally a plumbing fixture.

"Intertie" means an interconnection between public water systems permitting the exchange or delivery of water between those systems.

"Limited alternative to filtration" means a process that ensures greater removal and/or inactivation efficiencies of pathogenic organisms than would be achieved by the combination of filtration and chlorine disinfection.

"Local administrative authority" means the local official, board, department, or agency authorized to administer and enforce the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code as adopted under chapter 19.27 RCW.

"Low health cross-connection hazard" means a cross-connection that could cause an impairment of the quality of potable water to a degree that does not create a hazard to the public health, but does adversely and unreasonably affect the aesthetic qualities of such potable waters for domestic use.

"Major project" means all construction projects subject to SEPA in accordance with WAC 246-03-030(3)(a) and include all surface water source development, all water system storage facilities greater than one-half million gallons, new transmission lines longer than one thousand feet and larger than eight inches in diameter located in new rights of way and major extensions to existing water distribution systems involving use of pipes greater than eight inches in diameter, that are designed to increase the existing service area by more than one square mile.

"Mandatory curtailment" means curtailment required by a public water system of specified water uses and consumer classes for a specified period of time.

"Maximum contaminant level (MCL)" means the maximum permissible level of a contaminant in water the purveyor delivers to any public water system user, measured at the locations identified under WAC 246-290-300, Table ((4)) 3.

"Maximum contaminant level violation" means a confirmed measurement above the MCL and for a duration of time, where applicable, as outlined under WAC 246-290-310.

"Maximum day demand (MDD)" means the highest actual or estimated quantity of water that is, or is expected to be, used over a twenty-four hour period, excluding unusual events or emergencies. MDD is typically expressed as gallons per day (gpd).

"Monitoring waiver" means an action taken by the department pursuant to WAC 246-290-300 (((3))) (4)(g) or (7)(f) to allow a water system to reduce specific monitoring requirements based on a determination of low source vulnerability to contamination. ((Guidance on applying for monitoring waivers is found in the department guideline titled, Source Vulnerability and Monitoring Waivers which is available from the department.))

"Nested storage" means one component of storage is contained within the component of another.

"Nonacute" means posing a possible or less than immediate risk to human health.

"Nonresident" means a person ((without a permanent home or without a home served by the system, such as)) having access to drinking water from a public water system, but who lives elsewhere. Examples include travelers, transients, employees, students, etc.

"Normal operating conditions" means those conditions associated with the designed, day-to-day provision of potable drinking water that meets regulatory water quality standards and the routine service expectations of the system's consumers at all times, including meeting fire flow demands. Operation under conditions such as power outages, floods, or unscheduled transmission or distribution disruptions, even if considered in the system design, are considered abnormal.

"Operational storage" means the volume of distribution storage associated with source or booster pump normal cycling times under normal operating conditions and is additive to the equalizing and standby storage components, and to fire flow storage if this storage component exists for any given tank.

"Peak hourly ((design flow)) demand (PHD)" means the maximum rate of water use, excluding fire flow, ((which)) that can be expected to ((ever)) occur within a defined service area over a continuous sixty minute time period. PHD is typically expressed in gallons per minute (gpm).

"Peak hourly flow" means, for the purpose of CT calculations, the greatest volume of water passing through the system during any one hour in a day.

"Performance criteria" means the level at which a system shall operate in order to maintain system reliability compliance, in accordance with WAC 246-290-420, and to meet consumers' reasonable expectations.

"Permanent residence" means any dwelling that is, or could reasonably be expected to be, occupied on a continuous basis.

"Permanent source" means a public water system supply source that is used regularly each year, and based on expected operational requirements of the system, will be used more than three consecutive months in any twelve-month period. For seasonal water systems that are in operation for less than three consecutive months per year, their sources shall also be considered to be permanent.

"Point of disinfectant application" means the point where the disinfectant is added, and where water downstream of that point is not subject to contamination by untreated surface water.

"Population served" means the number of persons, resident and nonresident, having immediate access to drinking water from a public water system, whether or not such persons have actually consumed water from that system. The number of nonresidents shall be the average number of persons having immediate access to drinking water on days access was provided during that month. In the absence of specific population data, the number of residents shall be computed by multiplying the number of active services by two and one-half.

"Potable" means water suitable for drinking by the public.

"Potential GWI" means a source identified by the department as possibly under the influence of surface water, and includes, but is not limited to, all wells with a screened interval fifty feet or less from the ground surface at the wellhead and located within two hundred feet of a surface water, and all Ranney wells, infiltration galleries, and springs.

"Premises isolation" means a method of protecting a public water system by installation of approved air gaps or approved backflow prevention assemblies at or near the service connection or other location acceptable to the purveyor to isolate the consumer's plumbing system from the purveyor's distribution system.

"Pressure filter" means an enclosed vessel containing properly sized and graded granular media through which water is forced under greater than atmospheric pressure.

"Primary disinfection" means a treatment process for achieving inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts, viruses, or other pathogenic organisms of public health concern to comply with the treatment technique requirements of Part 6 of this chapter.

"Primary standards" means standards based on chronic, nonacute, or acute human health effects.

"Primary turbidity standard" means an accurately prepared formazin solution or commercially prepared polymer solution of known turbidity (prepared in accordance with "standard methods") that is used to calibrate bench model and continuous turbidimeters (instruments used to measure turbidity).

"Project approval application (PAA)" means a department form documenting ownership of water system, design engineer for the project, and type of project.

"Protected ground water source" means a ground water source the purveyor shows to the department's satisfaction as protected from potential sources of contamination on the basis of hydrogeologic data and/or satisfactory water quality history.

"Public water system" is defined and referenced under WAC 246-290-020.

"Purchased source" means water a purveyor purchases from a public water system not under the control of the purveyor for distribution to the purveyor's ((customers)) consumers.

"Purveyor" means an agency, subdivision of the state, municipal corporation, firm, company, mutual or cooperative association, institution, partnership, or person or other entity owning or operating a public water system. Purveyor also means the authorized agents of such entities.

"Reclaimed water" means effluent derived in any part from sewage from a wastewater treatment system that has been adequately and reliably treated, so that as a result of that treatment, it is suitable for beneficial use or a controlled use that would not otherwise occur, and it is no longer considered wastewater.

"Record drawings" means the drawings bearing the seal and signature of a professional engineer that reflect the modifications made to construction documents, documenting actual constructed conditions of the water system facilities.

"Recreational tract" means an area that is clearly defined for each occupant, but has no permanent structures with internal plumbing, and the area has been declared as such in the covenants or on the recorded plat in order to be eligible for reduced design considerations.

"Regional public water supplier" means a water system that provides drinking water to one, or more, other public water systems.

"Regularly" means four hours or more per day for four days or more per week.

"Removal credit" means the level (expressed as a percent or log) of Giardia and virus removal the department grants a system's filtration process.

"Repeat sample" means a sample collected to confirm the results of a previous analysis.

"Resident" means an individual living in a dwelling unit served by a public water system.

"Residual disinfectant concentration" means the ((concentration of disinfectant in mg/L in a representative sample of disinfected water)) analytical level of a disinfectant, measured in milligrams per liter, that remains in water following the application (dosing) of the disinfectant after some period of contact time.

"Same farm" means a parcel of land or series of parcels ((which)) that are connected by covenants and devoted to the production of livestock or agricultural commodities for commercial purposes and does not qualify as a Group A public water system.

"Sanitary survey" means a review, inspection, and assessment of a public water system by the department or department designee including, but not limited to: Source, facilities, equipment, administration and operation, maintenance procedures, monitoring, recordkeeping, planning documents and schedules, and management practices. The purpose of the survey is to evaluate the adequacy of the water system for producing and distributing safe and adequate drinking water.

"Satellite management agency (SMA)" means a person or entity that is approved by the department to own or operate public water systems on a regional or county-wide basis without the necessity for a physical connection between such systems.

"Seasonal source" means a public water system source used on a regular basis, ((but not in use more than three consecutive months within a twelve-month period)) that is not a permanent or emergency source.

"Secondary standards" means standards based on factors other than health effects.

"Service connection" means a connection to a public water system designed to provide potable water to a single family residence, or other residential or nonresidential population. When the connection ((is)) provides water to a ((system)) residential population without clearly defined single family residences ((or with a nonresident population)), the following formulas shall be used in determining ((equivalent)) the number of services to be included as residential connections on the WFI form:

((For group home or barracks-type accommodation,)) Divide the average population served each day by two and one-half;

((For NTNC systems, divide the average population served each day by two and one-half; and

For TNC systems, divide the average population served each day by twenty-five.)) or

Using actual water use data, calculate the total ERUs represented by the service connection in accordance with department design guidance.

In no case shall the calculated number of services be less than one.

"Significant noncomplier" means a system that is violating or has violated department rules, and the violations may create, or have created an imminent or a significant risk to human health. Such violations include, but are not limited to, repeated violations of monitoring requirements, failure to address an exceedance of permissible levels of regulated contaminants, or failure to comply with treatment technique standards or requirements.

"Simple disinfection" means any form of disinfection that requires minimal operational control in order to maintain the disinfection at proper functional levels, and that does not pose safety concerns that would require special care, equipment, or expertise. Examples include hypochlorination, UV-light, contactor chlorination, or any other form of disinfection practice that is safe to use and easy to routinely operate and maintain.

"Slow sand filtration" means a process involving passage of source water through a bed of sand at low velocity (generally less than 0.10 gpm/ft2) that results in substantial particulate removal (> 2 log Giardia lamblia cysts) by physical and biological mechanisms.

"Source meter" means a meter that measures total output of a water source and has a rate-of-flow indicator and totalizer meter.

"Source water" means untreated water that is not subject to recontamination by surface runoff and:

For unfiltered systems, enters the system immediately before the first point of disinfectant application; and

For filtered systems, enters immediately before the first treatment unit of a water treatment facility.

"Special purpose investigation (SPI)" means on-site inspection of a public water system by the department or designee to address a potential public health concern, regulatory violation, or consumer complaint.

"Special purpose sample" means a sample collected for reasons other than the monitoring compliance specified in this chapter.

"Spring" means a source of water where an aquifer comes in contact with the ground surface.

"Standard methods" means the 18th edition of the book, titled Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water, jointly published by the American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association (AWWA), and Water Pollution Control Federation. This book is available through public libraries or may be ordered from AWWA, 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235.

"Standby storage" means the volume of stored water available for use during a loss of source capacity, power, or similar short-term emergency.

"State advisory level (SAL)" means a ((department-established value)) level established by the department and state board of health for a contaminant without an existing ((state board of health)) MCL. The SAL represents a level ((which)) that when exceeded, indicates the need for further assessment to determine if the chemical is an actual or potential threat to human health.

"State board of health" and "board" means the board created by RCW 43.20.030.

"Surface water" means a body of water open to the atmosphere and subject to surface runoff.

"Susceptibility assessment" means the completed Susceptibility Assessment Survey Form developed by the department to evaluate the hydrologic setting of the water source and assess its contribution to the source's((')) overall ((vulnerability to pollution)) susceptibility to contamination from surface activities.

"Synthetic organic chemical (SOC)" means a manufactured carbon-based chemical.

"System capacity" means the system's operational, technical, managerial, and financial capability to achieve and maintain compliance with all relevant local, state, and federal plans and regulations.

"System physical capacity" means the maximum number of service connections or equivalent residential units (ERUs) that the system can serve when considering the limitation of each system component such as source, treatment, storage, transmission, or distribution, individually and in combination with each other.

"Time-of-travel" means the time required for ground water to move through the water bearing zone from a specific point to a well.

"Too numerous to count (TNTC)" means the total number of bacterial colonies exceeds 200 on a 47-mm diameter membrane filter used for coliform detection.

"Tracer study" means a field study conducted to determine the disinfectant contact time, T, provided by a water system component, such as a clearwell or storage reservoir, used for Giardia lamblia cyst and virus inactivation. The study involves introducing a tracer chemical at the inlet of the contact basin and measuring the resulting outlet tracer concentration as a function of time.

"Transmission line" means pipes used to convey water from source, storage, or treatment facilities to points of distribution or distribution mains, and from source facilities to treatment or storage facilities. This also can include transmission mains connecting one section of distribution system to another section of distribution system as long as this transmission main is clearly defined as such on the plans and no service connections are allowed along the transmission main.

"Treatment technique requirement" means a department-established requirement for a public water system to provide treatment, such as filtration or disinfection, as defined by specific design, operating, and monitoring requirements. A "treatment technique requirement" is established in lieu of a primary MCL when monitoring for the contaminant is not economically or technologically feasible.

"Trihalomethane (THM)" means one of a family of organic compounds, named as derivatives of methane, where three of the four hydrogen atoms in methane are each substituted by a halogen atom in the molecular structure. ((Trihalomethanes)) THMs may occur when chlorine, a halogen, is added to water containing organic material and are generally found in water samples as disinfection byproducts.

"Turbidity event" means a single day or series of consecutive days, not to exceed fourteen, when one or more turbidity measurement each day exceeds 5 NTU.

"T10" means the time it takes ten percent of the water passing through a system contact tank intended for use in the inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts, viruses, and other microorganisms of public health concern, as determined from a tracer study conducted at peak hourly flow or from published engineering reports or guidance documents for similarly configured tanks.

"Unapproved auxiliary water supply" means a water supply (other than the purveyor's water supply) on or available to the consumer's premises that is either not approved for human consumption by the health agency having jurisdiction or is not otherwise acceptable to the purveyor.

"Uncovered distribution reservoir" means a distribution reservoir that is open, without a suitable water-tight roof or cover, where the potable water supply is exposed to external contaminants, including but not limited to people, birds, animals, and insects.

"Uniform Plumbing Code" means the code adopted under RCW 19.27.031(4) and amended under chapter 51-46 WAC. This code establishes state-wide minimum plumbing standards applicable within the property lines of the consumer's premises.

"Used water" means water which has left the control of the purveyor.

"Verification" means to demonstrate the results of a sample to be precise by analyzing a duplicate sample. Verification occurs when analysis results fall within plus or minus thirty percent of the original sample.

"Volatile organic chemical (VOC)" means a manufactured carbon-based chemical that vaporizes quickly at standard pressure and temperature.

"Voluntary curtailment" means a curtailment of water use requested, but not required of consumers.

"Waterborne disease outbreak" means the significant occurrence of acute infectious illness, epidemiologically associated with drinking water from a public water system, as determined by the appropriate local health agency or the department.

"Water facilities inventory (WFI) form (((WFI)))" means the department form summarizing each public water system's characteristics.

"Water right" means a permit, claim, or other authorization, on record with or accepted by the department of ecology, authorizing the beneficial use of water in accordance with all applicable state laws.

"Water right assessment" means an evaluation of the legal ability of a water system to use water for existing or proposed usages in conformance with state water right laws. Such an assessment may be done by a water system, a purveyor, the department of ecology, or any combination thereof.

"Watershed" means the region or area ((which)) that:

Ultimately drains into a surface water source diverted for drinking water supply; and

Affects the physical, chemical, microbiological, and radiological quality of the source.

"Water shortage" means a situation during which the water supplies of a system cannot meet normal water demands for the system, including peak periods.

"Water shortage response plan" means a plan outlining policies and activities to be implemented to reduce water use on a short-term basis during or in anticipation of a water shortage.

"Well field" means a group of wells one purveyor owns or controls ((which)) that:

Draw from the same aquifer or aquifers as determined by comparable inorganic chemical analysis and comparable static water level and top of the open interval elevations; and

Discharge water through a common pipe and the common pipe shall allow for collection of a single sample before the first distribution system connection.

"Wellhead protection area (WHPA)" means the portion of a well's, wellfield's or spring's zone of contribution defined as such using WHPA criteria established by the department.

"Zone of contribution" means the area surrounding a pumping well or spring that encompasses all areas or features that supply ground water recharge to the well or spring.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-010, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-010, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 92-04-070 (Order 241B), § 246-290-010, filed 2/4/92, effective 3/6/92. Statutory Authority: Chapter 43.20 RCW. 91-07-031 (Order 150B), § 246-290-010, filed 3/15/91, effective 4/15/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-010, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-015, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-015, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-015, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-020  Applicability. (1) Public water system shall mean any system providing water for human consumption through pipes or other constructed conveyances, excluding a system serving only one single-family residence and a system with four or fewer connections all of which serve residences on the same farm((, providing piped water for human consumption, including any)). Such term includes:

(a) Collection, treatment, storage, and/or distribution facilities under control of the purveyor and used primarily in connection with such system; and

(b) Collection or pretreatment storage facilities not under control of the purveyor, but primarily used in connection with such system.

(2) The rules of this chapter shall apply to all Group A public water systems except those systems meeting all of the following conditions:

(a) Consists only of distribution and/or storage facilities and does not have any source or treatment facilities;

(b) Obtains all water from, but is not owned by, a public water system where the rules of this chapter apply;

(c) Does not sell water directly to any person; and

(d) Is not a passenger-conveying carrier in interstate commerce.

(3) Group A public water systems meeting all of the provisions under subsection (2) of this section may be required by the department to comply with such provisions of this chapter as are necessary to resolve a public health concern if the department determines a public health threat exists or is suspected.

(4) A Group A system shall be defined as a public water system((:

(a) With fifteen or more service connections, regardless of the number of people; or

(b) Serving an average of twenty-five or more people per day for sixty or more days within a calendar year, regardless of the number of service connections)) providing service such that it meets the definition of a public water system provided in the 1996 amendments to the federal Safe Drinking Water Act (Public Law 104-182, Section 101, subsection b).

(5) Group A water systems are further defined as community and noncommunity water systems.

(a) Community water system means any Group A water system((:

(i) With)) providing service to fifteen or more service connections used by year-round residents for one hundred eighty or more days within a calendar year of the area served by the system, regardless of the number of people((;)), or

(((ii))) regularly serving at least twenty-five ((or more)) year-round (i.e., more than one hundred eighty days per year) residents ((for one hundred eighty or more days within the calendar year, regardless of the number of service connections)).

Examples of a community water system might include a municipality, subdivision, mobile home park, apartment complex, college with dormitories, nursing home, or prison.

(b) Noncommunity water system means a Group A water system ((which)) that is not a community water system. Noncommunity water systems are further defined as:

(i) Nontransient (NTNC) water system ((which regularly serves)) that provides service opportunity to twenty-five or more of the same ((nonresidents)) nonresidential people for one hundred eighty or more days within a calendar year.

Examples of a NTNC water system might include a school, day care center, or a business, factory, motel, or restaurant with twenty-five or more employees on-site.

(ii) Transient (TNC) water system ((which)) that serves:

(A) ((Has fifteen or more service connections used less than one hundred eighty days within a calendar year; or

(B) Serves)) Twenty-five or more different ((nonresidents)) people each day for sixty or more days within a calendar year; ((or

(C) Serves)) (B) Twenty-five or more of the same ((nonresidents)) people each day for sixty or more days, but less than one hundred eighty days within a calendar year; or

(((D) Serves twenty-five or more residents for sixty or more days, but less than one hundred eighty)) (C) One thousand or more people for two or more consecutive days within a calendar year.

Examples of a TNC water system might include a restaurant, tavern, motel, campground, state or county park, an RV park, vacation cottages, highway rest area, fairground, public concert facility, special event facility, or church.

(c) A Group B water system is a public water system ((which)) that does not meet the definition of a Group A water system. (See Table 1 and chapter 246-291 WAC for further explanation of a Group B water system.)

(6) A Group A system meeting more than one of the categories described in this section shall be classified by the department in the following order:

(a) Community water system;

(b) NTNC water system; ((and)) or

(c) TNC water system.

(((7) The rules of this chapter to apply to the source or supply of water used by bottled water or ice plants to produce bottled water or ice are as follows:

(a) If the bottled water or ice plant is a Group A water system and the plant uses the system's source for the water that is bottled or made into ice, the source and supply used for the bottled water and ice shall meet the applicable Group A requirements;

(b) If the bottled water or ice plant uses its own source for the water that is bottled or made into ice, and the plant is not a Group A system, the owner or operator shall obtain source approval from the department, and the source water shall meet the ongoing source water quality monitoring requirements for a Group A community system;

(c) If the bottled water or ice plant purchases the water for bottling or making ice from another source or supply, the water shall meet the minimum requirements for a Group A system, and the owner or operator of the plant shall ensure that the water meets such requirements;

(d) The source or supply for the water that is bottled or made into ice shall be protected from contamination prior to the bottling or ice making process; and

(e) In addition to the requirements imposed under this subsection, the processing of bottled water shall be subject to regulation by the state department of agriculture and the United States Food and Drug Administration.))



((Place illustration here.))
Place illustration here.




[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-020, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-020, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-020, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-006, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89.]



Reviser's note: RCW 34.05.395 requires the use of underlining and deletion marks to indicate amendments to existing rules. The rule published above varies from its predecessor in certain respects not indicated by the use of these markings.



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-025  Adoption by reference. The following sections and subsections of Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 141 National Primary Drinking Water Regulations revised as of July 1, ((1993)) 1996, and including all amendments and modifications thereto effective as of the date of adoption of this chapter are adopted by reference:

141.2 Definitions. Only those definitions listed as follows:

Action level;
Corrosion inhibitor;
Effective corrosion inhibitor residual;
First draw sample;
Large water system;
Lead service line;
Medium-size water system;
Optimal corrosion control treatment;
Service line sample;
Single family structure; and
Small water system.
141.12 Maximum contaminant levels for organic chemicals.
141.13 Maximum contaminant levels for turbidity.
141.21 Coliform monitoring
141.22 Turbidity sampling and analytical requirements.
141.23(a) - 141.23(j), Inorganic chemical sampling.
141.23(m)- 141.23(o)
141.24(a) - 141.24(d), Organic chemicals other than total trihalomethanes.
141.24 (f)(1)- 141.24 (f)(15),
141.24 (f)(18), 141.24 (f)(19),
141.24 (f)(21),
141.24 (g)(1)- 141.24 (g)(9),
141.24 (g)(12)- 141.24 (g)(14),
141.24 (h)(1)- 141.24 (h)(11),
141.24 (h)(14)- 141.24 (h)(17)
141.40(a) - 141.40(e), Special monitoring for inorganic and organic chemicals.
141.40(g), 141.40(i )- 141.40(n)
141.61 Maximum contaminant levels for organic contaminants.
141.62 Maximum contaminant levels for inorganic chemical and physical contaminants.
Control of Lead and Copper
141.80 General requirements.
141.81 Applicability of corrosion control treatment steps to small, medium-size and large water systems.
141.82(a) - 141.82(h) Description of corrosion control treatment requirements.
141.83 Source water treatment requirements.
141.84 Lead service line replacement requirements.
141.85 Public education and supplemental monitoring requirements.
141.86 Monitoring requirements for lead and copper in tap water.
141.87 Monitoring requirements for water quality parameters.
141.88 Monitoring requirements for lead and copper in source water.
141.90 Reporting requirements.
141.91 Recordkeeping requirements.
143.1-143.5 Secondary contaminants.


Copies of the incorporated sections and subsections of Title 40 CFR are available from the Department of Health, Airdustrial Center Building 3, P.O. Box 47822, Olympia, Washington 98504-7822, or by calling the department's drinking water hotline at 1-800-521-0323.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-025, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-030  General administration. (1) The department and the health officer for each local health jurisdiction may develop a joint plan of operation. This plan shall:

(a) List the roles and responsibilities of each agency;

(b) Specifically designate those Group A systems for which the department and local health officer have primary responsibility;

(c) Provide for ((a minimum)) an agreed-to level of public water system ((supervision)) oversight;

(d) Be signed by the department and the local health department or district; and

(e) Be reviewed at least once every five years and updated as needed.

Wherever in ((these rules)) this chapter the term "department" is used, the term "health officer" may be substituted based on the terms of this plan of operation.

(2) The department shall, upon request, review and report on the adequacy of water supply supervision to both the state and local boards of health.

(3) The local board of health may adopt rules governing Group A water systems within its jurisdiction for which the health officer has assumed primary responsibility. Adopted local board of health rules shall be:

(a) No less stringent than this chapter; and

(b) Revised, if necessary, within twelve months after the effective date of revised state board of health rules. During this time period, existing local rules shall remain in effect, except provisions of the revised state board of health rules ((which)) that are more stringent than the local board of health rules shall apply.

(4) For those Group A water systems where the health officer has assumed primary responsibility, the health officer may approve project reports and construction documents in accordance with engineering criteria approved by the department and listed under ((WAC 246-290-200)) Part 3 of this chapter and water system plans in accordance with planning criteria listed under WAC 246-290-100.

(5) An advisory committee shall be established to provide ((guidance)) advice to the department on the organization, functions, service delivery methods, and funding of the drinking water ((issues)) program. Members shall be appointed by the department ((and conform to department policies for advisory committees)) for fixed terms of no less than two years, and may be reappointed. The committee shall ((be composed of representatives of public water systems, public groups, agencies, and individuals having an interest in drinking water)) reflect a broad range of interests in the regulation of public water supplies, including water utilities of all sizes, local governments, business groups, special purpose districts, local health jurisdictions, other state and federal agencies, financial institutions, environmental organizations, the legislature, professional engineers engaged in water system design, and other groups substantially affected by the department's role in implementing state and federal requirements for public water systems.

(6) The department may develop ((guidelines)) guidance to clarify sections of the rules as needed and make these available for distribution. Copies of the guidance may be obtained by contacting the division of drinking water.

(7) Fees may be charged and collected by the department as authorized in chapter 43.20B RCW and by local health agencies as authorized in RCW 70.05.060 to recover all or a portion of the costs incurred in administering ((these rules)) this chapter or that are required to be paid under WAC 246-290-990.

(8) All state and local agencies involved in review, approval, surveillance, testing, and/or operation of public water systems, or issuance of permits for buildings or sewage systems shall be governed by these rules and any decisions of the department.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-030, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-030, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-030, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-025, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-025, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-025, filed 9/8/83.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-035  Water system ownership. (1) The following requirements apply to all newly developed public water systems:

(a) Except for systems proposed within an individual water system's approved service area in a critical water supply service area as governed by the Public Water System Coordination Act, chapter 70.116 RCW and chapter 246-293 WAC, and offered service by that existing system, any proposed new public water system must be owned or operated by a department approved satellite management agency (SMA) if one is available;

(b) The approval of any proposed new public water system shall be conditioned upon the periodic review of the system's operational history to determine its ability to meet the department's financial viability and other operating requirements. If, upon periodic review, the department determines the system is in violation of financial viability or other operating requirements, the system shall transfer ownership to an approved SMA or obtain operation and management by an approved SMA, if such ownership or operation and management can be made with reasonable economy and efficiency.

(2) An owner of a public water system who is proposing to transfer or has transferred ownership shall:

(a) Provide written notice to the department and all consumers at least one year prior to the transfer, unless the new owner agrees to an earlier date. Notification shall include a time schedule for transferring responsibilities, identification of the new owner, and under what authority the new ownership will operate. If the system is a corporation, identification of the registered agent shall also be provided;

(b) Ensure all health-related standards pursuant to this chapter are met during transfer of the utility. It shall also be the responsibility of the utility transferring ownership to inform and train the new owner regarding operation of the utility; and

(c) Comply with the operating permit requirements pursuant to chapter 246-294 WAC.

(3) The purveyor may be required to document compliance with other relevant ownership requirements, such as those pursuant to UTC jurisdiction under Title 80 RCW.

(4) No purveyor may end utility operations without providing written notice to all customers and to the department at least one year prior to termination of service. A purveyor that fails to provide such notice remains subject to the provisions of this chapter.



[]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-040  Engineering requirements. (1) Purveyors shall ensure that all work required to be prepared under the direction of a professional engineer, including, but not limited to, water system plans, project reports, corrosion control recommendation reports, tracer studies, ((and)) construction documents ((are)) and construction completion reports, and engineering design review reports for distribution-related submittal exceptions, is prepared under the direction, and bears the seal, date, and signature of a professional engineer:

(a) Licensed in the state of Washington under chapter 18.43 RCW; and

(b) Having specific expertise regarding design, operation, and maintenance of public water systems.

(2) Exceptions to this requirement are ((minor)) projects identified under WAC ((246-290-120 (2)(a) through (d))) 246-290-125 (1)(a) through (e).

(((2) Purveyors shall submit a Construction Report For Public Water System Projects to the department within sixty days of completion and before use of any project approved by the department. The form shall:

(a) Be signed by a professional engineer.

(b) State:

(i) The project is constructed and is substantially completed in accordance with approved construction documents; and

(ii) In the opinion of the engineer, based on information available, the installation, testing, and disinfection of the system was carried out per department guidelines.

(3) The purveyor shall ensure the requirements of this section are fulfilled before the use of any completed project. When required by the department, the purveyor shall submit an updated water facilities inventory form with the Construction Report For Public Water System Projects form.))



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-040, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-040, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-040, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-035, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-035, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-035, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-050  Enforcement. When any purveyor is out of compliance with ((these rules)) a law or rule regulating public water systems and administered by the department, the department may initiate appropriate enforcement actions, regardless of any prior approvals issued ((by the department)). These actions may include, but are not limited to, any one or combination of the following:

(1) Notice of violation instructing or requiring appropriate corrective measures;

(2) Compliance schedule for specific actions necessary to achieve compliance status;

(3) Departmental order requiring submission of project reports, construction documents, and construction report forms;

(4) Departmental order requiring specific actions or ceasing unacceptable activities within a designated time period;

(5) Departmental order to stop work and/or refrain from using any public water system or improvements thereto until all written approvals required by statute or rule are obtained;

(6) Imposition of civil penalties ((for failure to comply with departmental orders)) may be issued for up to ((5,000)) five thousand dollars per day per violation, or, in the case of a violation that has been determined to be a public health emergency, a penalty of not more than ten thousand dollars per day per violation under authority of chapter 70.119A RCW; ((and))

(7) Imposition of civil penalties may be issued to a person who constructs, modifies, or expands a public water system or who commences the construction, modification, or expansion of a public water system without first obtaining the required department approval. The amount of the penalty may be up to five thousand dollars per service connection, or, in the case of a system serving a transient population, a penalty of not more than four hundred dollars per person based on the highest average daily population the system serves or is anticipated to serve. The total penalty that may be imposed pursuant to this subsection and RCW 70.119A.040 (1)(b) is five hundred thousand dollars;

(8) Action that requires the purveyor to take preventive or corrective steps when results of a sanitary survey or special purpose investigation conducted by, or on behalf of, the department indicate conditions that are currently or may become a detriment to system operation;

(9) Legal action may be taken by the attorney general or local prosecutor. The legal action may be criminal or civil.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-050, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-050, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-045, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-045, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-045, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-060  Variances, exemptions, and waivers. (1) General.

(a) The state board of health may grant variances, exemptions, and waivers of the requirements of this chapter according to the procedures outlined in subsection (5) of this section. See WAC 246-290-300 (((3))) (4)(g) and (7)(f) for monitoring waivers.

(b) Consideration by the board of requests for variances, exemptions, and waivers shall not be considered adjudicative proceedings as that term is defined in chapter 34.05 RCW.

(c) Statements and written material regarding the request may be presented to the board at or before the public hearing wherein the application will be considered. Allowing cross-examination of witnesses shall be within the discretion of the board.

(d) The board may grant a variance, exemption, or waiver if it finds:

(i) Due to compelling factors, the public water system is unable to comply with the requirements; and

(ii) The granting of the variance, exemption, or waiver will not result in an unreasonable risk to the health of consumers.

(2) Variances.

(a) MCL.

(i) The board may grant a MCL variance to a public water system that cannot meet the MCL requirements because of characteristics of the source water that is reasonably available to the system.

(ii) A MCL variance may only be granted after the system has applied the best available technology (BAT), treatment techniques, or other means as identified by the environmental protection agency (EPA) and still cannot meet ((a)) an MCL standard as specified in section 1415, ((P.L. 99-523)) Public Law 93-523 (federal Safe Drinking Water Act) as amended by ((P.L.)) Public Law 99-339 (SDWA amendments of 1986), and Public Law 104-182 (SDWA amendments of 1996), as codified at 42 USC 300g-4.

(iii) A variance shall not be granted from the MCL for presence of total coliform under WAC 246-290-310(((3))) (2).

(b) Treatment techniques.

(i) The board may grant a treatment technique variance to a public water system if the system demonstrates that the treatment technique is not necessary to protect the health of consumers because of the nature of the system's source water.

(ii) A variance shall not be granted from any treatment technique requirement under Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC.

(c) The board shall condition the granting of a variance upon a compliance schedule as described in subsection (6) of this section.

(3) Exemptions.

(a) The board may grant a MCL or treatment technique exemption to a public water system that cannot meet an MCL standard or provide the required treatment in a timely manner, or both, as specified under section 1416, ((P.L.)) Public Law 93-523 (federal Safe Drinking Water Act) as amended by ((P.L.)) Public Law 99-339 (SDWA amendments of 1986), and Public Law 104-182 (SDWA amendments of 1996), as codified at 42 USC 300g-4.

(b) An exemption may be granted for up to one year if the system was:

(i) In operation on the effective date of the MCL or treatment technique requirement; or

(ii) Not in operation on the effective date, and no reasonable alternative source of drinking water is available.

(c) No exemption shall be granted from:

(i) The requirement to provide a residual disinfectant concentration in the water entering the distribution system under WAC 246-290-662 or 246-290-692; or

(ii) The MCL for presence of total coliform under WAC 246-290-310(2).

(d) The board shall condition the granting of an exemption upon a compliance schedule as described in subsection (6) of this section.

(4) Waivers. The board may grant a waiver to a public water system if the system cannot meet the requirements of these regulations pertaining to any subject not covered by EPA regulations.

(5) Procedures.

(a) For variances and exemptions. The board shall consider granting a variance or exemption to a public water system upon completion of the following actions:

(i) The purveyor applies in writing to the department. The application, which may be in the form of a letter, shall clearly state the reason for the request and what actions the purveyor has taken to meet the requirement;

(ii) The purveyor provides notice of the purveyor's application to ((customers)) consumers and provides proof of such notice to the department;

(iii) The department prepares recommendations, including a compliance schedule for the board's consideration;

(iv) The board provides notice for and conducts a public hearing on the purveyor's request((.)); and

(v) EPA reviews any variance or exemption granted by the board for concurrence, revocation, or revision as provided under sections 1415 and 1416 of ((P.L.)) Public Law 93-523 (federal Safe Drinking Water Act), as amended, codified at 42 USC 300g-4.

(b) For waivers. The board shall consider granting a waiver upon completion of the following actions:

(i) The purveyor applies to the department in writing. The application, which may be in the form of a letter, shall clearly state the reason for the request;

(ii) The purveyor provides notice of the purveyor's application to ((customers)) consumers and provides proof of such notice to the department;

(iii) The department prepares a recommendation to the board; and

(iv) The board provides notice for and conducts a public hearing on the purveyor's request.

(6) Compliance schedule.

(a) The board shall condition the granting of a variance or exemption based on a compliance schedule. The compliance schedule shall include:

(i) Actions the purveyor ((must)) shall undertake to comply with a MCL or treatment technique requirement within a specified time period; and

(ii) A description and time-table for implementation of interim control measures the department may require while the purveyor completes the actions required in (a)(i) of this subsection.

(b) The purveyor shall complete the required actions in the compliance schedule within the stated time frame.

(7) Extensions to exemptions.

(a) The board may extend the final date of compliance prescribed in the compliance schedule for a period of up to three years after the date the exemption was granted upon a finding that the water system:

(i) Cannot meet the MCL or treatment technique requirements without capital improvements ((which)) that cannot be completed within the original exemption period; ((or))

(ii) Has entered into an agreement to obtain needed financial assistance for necessary improvements; or

(iii) Has entered into an enforceable agreement to become part of a regional public water system and the system is taking all practicable steps to meet the MCL.

(b) The board may extend the final date of compliance prescribed in the compliance schedule of an exemption for one or more additional two-year periods if the purveyor:

(i) Is a community water system providing water to less than five hundred service connections; ((and))

(ii) Needs financial assistance for the necessary improvements; and

(iii) Is taking all practicable steps to meet the compliance schedule.

(c) Procedures listed in subsection (5) of this section shall be followed in the granting of extensions to exemptions.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-060, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-060, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-060, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-055, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-055, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-055, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-100  Water system plan. (1) The purpose of this section is to establish a uniform process for purveyors to:

(a) ((Identify present and future needs)) Demonstrate the system's operational, technical, managerial, and financial capability to achieve and maintain compliance with relevant local, state, and federal plans and regulations;

(b) ((Set forth means for addressing those needs; and)) Demonstrate how the system will address present and future needs in a manner consistent with other relevant plans and local, state, and federal laws, including applicable land use plans;

(c) ((Do so in a manner consistent with other relevant plans and local, state, and federal laws)) Establish eligibility for funding pursuant to the drinking water state revolving fund.

(2) Purveyors of the following categories of community public water systems shall ((ensure the development and submittal of)) submit a water system plan for review and approval by the department:

(a) ((All)) Systems having one thousand or more services;

(b) Systems ((located in areas utilizing)) required to develop water system plans under the Public Water System Coordination Act of 1977((,)) (chapter 70.116 RCW) ((and chapter 248-56 WAC as required in WAC 246-293-230));

(c) Any system experiencing problems related to planning, operation, and/or management as determined by the department;

(d) All new systems;

(e) Any expanding system((;

(e) Any system for which a change of ownership is proposed)); and

(f) ((All new systems.)) Any system proposing to use the document submittal exception process in WAC 246-290-125.

(3) The ((department)) purveyor shall work with the ((purveyor)) department and other parties to establish the level of detail for a water system plan. In general, the scope and detail of the plan will be related to size ((and)), complexity, past performance, and use of the water system. Project reports may be combined with a water system plan.

(4) In order to demonstrate system capacity, the water system plan shall address the following elements, as a minimum, for a period of at least twenty years into the future((. A department guideline titled Planning Handbook is available to assist the utility in adequately addressing these elements)):

(a) ((Basic water system planning data;

(b) Existing system analysis;

(c) Planned improvements;

(d) Conservation;

(e) Source of supply analysis when additional water rights are being pursued;

(f) Financial viability;

(g) Consistency with adjacent water system plans;

(h) Consistency with applicable land use plans;

(i) Supporting maps;

(j) Operations program;

(k) Ownership and management;

(l) State Environmental Policy Act; and

(m) Source protection, including a watershed control program or wellhead protection program when applicable under WAC 246-290-135.

(5))) Description of the water system, including:

(i) Ownership and management, including the current names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the owners, operators, and emergency contact persons for the system;

(ii) System history and background;

(iii) Related plans, such as coordinated water system plans, abbreviated coordinated water system plans, local land use plans, ground water management plans, and basin plans;

(iv) Service area map, characteristics, agreements, and policies; and

(v) Satellite management, if applicable.

(b) Basic planning data, including:

(i) Current population, service connections, water use, and equivalent residential units; and

(ii) Projected land use, future population, and water demand for a consecutive six-year and final twenty-year planning period within the system's service area.

(c) System analysis, including:

(i) System design standards;

(ii) Water quality analysis;

(iii) System inventory description and analysis; and

(iv) Summary of system deficiencies.

(d) Water resource analysis, including:

(i) Development and implementation of a cost-effective conservation program, which includes evaluation of conservation-oriented water rate structures;

(ii) Water demand forecasts;

(iii) Water use data collection;

(iv) Source of supply analysis, which includes an evaluation of water supply alternatives if additional water rights will be pursued within twenty years;

(v) Water shortage response plan if a water system experiences a water shortage, or anticipates it will experience a water shortage within the next six-year planning period;

(vi) Water right assessment;

(vii) Water supply reliability analysis; and

(viii) Interties.

(e) Source water protection in accordance with WAC 246-290-135.

(f) Operation and maintenance program in accordance with WAC 246-290-415 and 246-290-654(5), as applicable.

(g) Improvement program, including a six-year capital improvement schedule.

(h) Financial program, including demonstration of financial viability by providing:

(i) A summary of past income and expenses;

(ii) A one-year balanced operational budget for systems serving one thousand or more connections or a six-year balanced operational budget for systems serving less than one thousand connections;

(iii) A plan for collecting the revenue necessary to maintain cash flow stability and to fund the capital improvement program and emergency improvements; and

(iv) A rate structure that has considered:

(A) The affordability of water rates; and

(B) The feasibility of adopting and implementing a rate structure that encourages water conservation.

(i) Other documents, such as:

(i) Documentation of SEPA compliance;

(ii) Agreements; and

(iii) Comments from the county and adjacent utilities.

(5) Purveyors intending to implement the project report and construction document submittal exceptions authorized under WAC 246-290-125 must include:

(a) Standard construction specifications for distribution mains; and/or

(b) Design and construction standards for distribution-related projects, including:

(i) Description of project report and construction document internal review procedures, including engineering design review and construction completion reporting requirements;

(ii) Construction-related policies and requirements for external parties, including consumers and developers;

(iii) Performance and sizing criteria; and

(iv) General reference to construction materials and methods.

(6) The department, at its discretion, may require reports from purveyors identifying the progress in developing their water system plans.

(((6))) (7) Purveyors shall transmit water system plans to adjacent utilities and local governments having jurisdiction, to assess consistency with ongoing and adopted planning efforts.

(((7))) (8) For community systems, the purveyor shall hold an informational meeting for system consumers prior to departmental approval of a water system plan or a water system plan update. The purveyor shall notify consumers in a way that is appropriate to the size of the system.

(9) Department approval of a water system plan shall be in effect for six years from the date of written approval unless:

(a) Major ((system improvements are contemplated which)) projects subject to SEPA as defined in WAC 246-03-030 (3)(a) are proposed that are not addressed in the plan;

(b) Changes occur in the basic planning data significantly affecting system improvements identified; or

(c) The department requests an updated plan or plan amendment.

(((8))) (10) The purveyor shall update the plan and submit it for approval at least every six years. ((However, if only minor alterations to an existing plan are considered necessary, the purveyor may submit an amendment to the plan for department approval.

(9) Project reports and construction documents submitted for approval per WAC 246-290-110 and 246-290-120 by purveyors required to have a water system plan, will not be considered for approval unless there is a current approved water system plan and the plan adequately addresses the project)) If the system no longer meets the conditions of subsection (2) of this section, the purveyor shall submit a plan amendment the scope of which will be determined by the department.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-100, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-100, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-100, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-065, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-065, filed 9/8/83.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-105  Small water system management program. (1) The purpose of a small water system management program is to:

(a) Demonstrate the system's operational, technical, managerial, and financial capability to achieve and maintain compliance with all relevant local, state, and federal plans and regulations; and

(b) Establish eligibility for funding pursuant to the drinking water state revolving fund.

(2) All noncommunity and all community systems not required to complete a water system plan as described under WAC 246-290-100(2) shall develop and implement a small water system management program.

(3) The purveyor shall submit this program for review and approval to the department when:

(a) A new NTNC public water system is created; or

(b) An existing system has operational, technical, managerial, or financial problems, as determined by the department.

(4) Content and detail shall be consistent with the size, complexity, past performance, and use of the public water system. General content topics shall include, but not be limited to, the following elements:

(a) System management;

(b) Annual operating permit;

(c) Water facilities inventory form;

(d) Service area and facility map;

(e) Documentation of water rights, through a water right assessment;

(f) Record of source water pumped;

(g) Water usage;

(h) Water conservation program;

(i) Source protection;

(j) Component inventory and assessment;

(k) List of planned system improvements;

(l) Water quality monitoring program;

(m) Operation and maintenance program;

(n) Cross-connection control program;

(o) Emergency response plan; and

(p) Budget.

(5) The department may require changes be made to a small water system management program if necessary to effectively accomplish the program's purpose.



[]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-110  Project report. (1) ((The purpose of this section is to assure the following factors are taken into account for specific projects prior to construction:

(a) Engineering concepts;

(b) Design criteria;

(c) Planning;

(d) Source protection, including a watershed control program or wellhead protection program when applicable under WAC 246-290-135;

(e) Water quality and quantity;

(f) Results of the filtration facility pilot study;

(g) Local requirements such as fire flow;

(h) Facility operation;

(i) Short-term and long-term financing; and

(j) Other necessary department-determined considerations.

The project report shall document the reasons for carrying out the project and construction documents shall identify how the project will be constructed.

(2) The purveyor shall submit project reports to the department for written approval prior to installation of any new water system, water system extension, or improvement with the following exceptions:

(a) Installation of valves, fittings, and meters;

(b) Installation of hydrants under WAC 246-290-230;

(c) Repair of a system component or replacement with a similar component;

(d) Maintenance or painting of surfaces not contacting potable water; and

(e) Distribution mains if:

(i) Approved standard construction specifications are documented in the water system plan approved by the department; and

(ii) The purveyor provides documentation to the department that a professional engineer registered in Washington, certified the construction and that said construction complied with the standard specifications found in the current department-approved water system plan; and

(iii) The purveyor provides documentation to the department of the pressure test results, disinfection procedures used and tests performed, and water quality sample results obtained prior to placing the distribution pipe into service.

(3) Project reports shall be consistent with the standards identified under WAC 246-290-200 and shall include, at a minimum, the following elements (information contained in a current approved water system plan or current project report need not be duplicated in the new project report. Any planning information in a project report shall be project specific.):

(a) Project description. Identify what the project is intended to achieve, design considerations, approach, etc.;

(b) Planning. If the system has an approved water system plan, show the project's relationship to the plan. If a water system plan is not required, include:

(i) General project background with population and water demand forecasts;

(ii) Relationship between the project and other system components;

(iii) Project schedule;

(iv) Management program; and

(v) How the project will impact neighboring water systems.

(c) Alternatives. Describe options, their impacts, and justify the selected alternative;

(d) Legal considerations. Identify legal aspects such as ownership, right-of-way, sanitary control area, and restrictive covenants. Include discussion of the project's relationship with the boundary review board and the utility and transportation commission;

(e) Engineering calculations. Describe how the project complies with the design considerations. Include the hydraulic analysis, sizing justification, and other relevant technical considerations necessary to support the project;

(f) Management. If the system has an approved management program, refer to that document. If not, describe:

(i) System ownership and management responsibilities;

(ii) Long-term management considerations;

(iii) How the project will be operated; and

(iv) How the project will be maintained over time.

(g) Implementation. Identify the schedule for completion of the project and implementation strategies, if any. Project phasing should also be discussed;

(h) State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA). Include an environmental impact statement, determination of nonsignificance, or justify why SEPA does not apply to the project. Refer to chapter 246-03 WAC and the DOH Drinking Water SEPA Guide;

(i) Source development information. If the project involves source development, address requirements under WAC 246-290-130; and

(j) Type of treatment. If the project involves treatment, refer to WAC 246-290-250.

(4) Approval of project documents shall be in effect for two years unless the department determines a need to withdraw the approval. An extension of the approval may be obtained by submitting a status report and a written schedule for completion. Extensions may be subject to additional terms and conditions imposed by the department.)) The project report is a written document that describes why a project is being proposed and includes engineering design calculations showing how the project will meet its objectives.

(2) The purveyor shall submit project reports to the department and receive written approval prior to installation or construction of any new water system, water system extension, or improvement. The department may require the submittal of a project report for the purpose of resolving a system operational problem. Exceptions to this requirement are listed in WAC 246-290-125.

(3) Project reports submitted for approval by purveyors who are required to have a water system plan will not be considered for approval unless a current, approved water system plan that adequately addresses the project is on file with the department. In the event that a purveyor of an existing system does not have such a plan, the department may enter into a compliance agreement with the purveyor that grants a time extension to complete the water system plan.

(4) Project reports shall be consistent with the standards identified in Part 3 of this chapter. Depending on the complexity and type of project or problem, shall include the following elements (information contained in a current water system plan or other engineering document previously approved by the department need not be duplicated, but must be specifically referenced):

(a) Project description, including:

(i) Why the project is being proposed, how problem(s) (if any) are to be addressed, and the relationship of the project to other system components;

(ii) A statement of State Environmental Policy Action (SEPA) determination of nonsignificance or justification of why SEPA does not apply to project;

(iii) If applicable, source development information (refer to WAC 246-290-130, Source approval, WAC 246-290-132, Interties, and WAC 246-290-135, Source protection);

(iv) If applicable, type of treatment (refer to WAC 246-290-250, Water treatment and Part 6, Surface water treatment); and

(v) A summary of consumer and user complaints.

(b) Planning data. If a purveyor has a water system plan or small water system management program, the project report shall indicate the proposed project's relationship to the plan. If the purveyor is not required by WAC 246-290-100 to have a water system plan, planning related information shall include:

(i) General project background with population and water demand forecasts;

(ii) How the project will impact neighboring water systems;

(iii) Local requirements, such as fire flow;

(iv) Additional management responsibilities in accordance with WAC 246-290-105, Small water system management program, WAC 246-290-415, Operations and maintenance, and chapter 246-292 WAC, Waterworks operator certification regulations;

(v) Implementation strategies or proposed construction schedule;

(vi) Estimated capital and annual operating cost, and method of financing, if applicable.

(c) An analysis of alternatives, including description of options and rationale for selecting the proposed option.

(d) A review of water quality as it relates to the purpose of the proposed project. If a project involves treatment and/or a filtration facility pilot study, refer to WAC 246-290-260, Pilot studies, reporting requirements for corrosion control under 40 CFR 141.90, tracer studies under WAC 246-290-636(5), and Part 6 of this chapter, Surface water treatment.

(e) When the project involves a new source or an increase in system physical capacity, a review of water quantity, including a water rights assessment, unless such an assessment has previously been submitted in a water system plan or small water system management program that has been approved by the department. The purveyor shall take any follow-up action as directed by the department, to determine conformance with applicable state water rights laws.

(f) Engineering calculations including sizing justification, hydraulic analysis, physical capacity analysis, and other relevant technical considerations necessary to support the project.

(g) Design and construction standards, including performance standards, construction materials and methods, and sizing criteria, if applicable.

(h) Project reports for the design of treatment facilities shall include the following:

(i) Detailed design criteria and calculations to support the proposed treatment processes, process control, and process utilities; and

(ii) Proposed methods and schedules for start-up, testing, and operation of the completed treatment facility.

(i) Legal considerations, such as ownership, right-of-way, sanitary control area (SCA), restrictive covenants, restrictions related to water use that are recorded on titles or deeds to properties, and relationship with the boundary review board and the utilities and transportation commission (UTC).

(j) Other necessary department-determined considerations.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-110, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-110, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-110, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-086, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-086, filed 2/17/88.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-120  Construction documents. (1) ((The purpose of this section is to assure detailed plans, specifications, drawings, and other documents are adequately prepared for specific projects.)) Construction documents shall identify how specific projects will be constructed while ((the project report documents the reasons for carrying out the project)) satisfying the requirements and conditions established in the project report and/or the water system plan.

(2) Purveyors shall submit construction documents to the department for written approval prior to installation of any new water system, or water system extension or improvement ((with the following exceptions:

(a) Installation of valves, fittings, and meters;

(b) Installation of hydrants per WAC 246-290-230(3);

(c) Repair of a system component or replacement with a similar component;

(d) Maintenance or painting of surfaces not contacting potable water; or

(e) Distribution mains if:

(i) Approved water system plan documents standard construction specifications approved by the department; and

(ii) The purveyor provides documentation to the department that a professional engineer registered in Washington, certified the construction and that said construction complied with the standard specifications found in the current department-approved water system plan; and

(iii) The purveyor provides documentation to the department of the pressure test results, disinfection procedures used and tests performed, and water quality sample results obtained prior to placing the distribution pipe into service)). Exceptions to this requirement are listed in WAC 246-290-125.

(3) Construction documents submitted for approval by purveyors who are required to have a water system plan will not be considered for approval unless a current, approved water system plan that adequately addresses the project is on file with the department. In the event that a purveyor of an existing system does not have such a plan, the department may enter into a compliance agreement with the purveyor that grants a time extension to complete the water system plan.

(4) Construction documents shall be consistent with the standards identified in ((WAC 246-290-200)) Part 3 of this chapter and shall include, at a minimum, the following:

(a) Drawings. Include detailed drawings of each project component;

(b) Material specifications. List detailed material specifications for each project component;

(c) Construction specifications.

(i) List detailed construction specifications and assembly techniques for carrying out the project;

(((d))) (ii) Testing. Identify testing criteria and procedures for each applicable portion of the project;

(((e))) (iii) Disinfection. Identify specific disinfection procedures ((which must)) that shall conform with American Water Works Association (AWWA) standards or other standards acceptable ((by)) to the department;

(((f))) (iv) Inspection. Identify provisions for inspection of the installation of each project component. See WAC 246-290-040 and subsection (5) of this section for construction reporting requirements; ((and

(g))) (d) Change orders. All significant changes ((except for minor field revisions must)) shall be submitted to and approved by the department in writing. The change order must identify who will be responsible for obtaining departmental approval and how change orders will be reported to the department. Significant means a change in materials used, deviations from original intent of project, or changes made to the physical capacity of the project;

(((4))) (e) Record drawings. The engineer responsible for construction management or inspection shall provide record drawings to the purveyor following the completion of the project. These plans shall be maintained and available to the department upon request.

(5) Purveyors shall submit a construction completion report (departmental form) to the department within sixty days of completion and before use of distribution-related projects in accordance with WAC 246-290-125 (3)(f), or other project approved for construction by the department. Exceptions to this requirement are projects listed in WAC 246-290-125(1). The form shall:

(a) Bear the seal, date, and signature of a professional engineer licensed in the state of Washington;

(b) State the project is constructed and is completed in accordance with department regulations and principles of standard engineering practice, including physical testing procedures, water quality tests, and disinfection practices; and

(c) Document system physical capacity to serve consumers if the project results in a change (increase or decrease) in physical capacity.

(6) The purveyor shall submit a new or updated water facilities inventory (WFI) form (departmental form) with the construction completion report (departmental form) for a new water system, whenever there are changes or additions to an existing water system that would change information of the WFI, or when required by the department.

(7) If the project results in an increase in the water system's physical capacity, the purveyor shall submit a water right assessment, unless such an assessment has previously been submitted in a project report, water system plan, or small water system management program, that has been approved by the department. The purveyor shall take any follow-up action, as directed by the department, to determine conformance with applicable state water rights laws.

(8) Approval of construction documents shall be in effect for two years unless the department determines a need to withdraw the approval. An extension of the approval may be obtained by submitting a status report and a written schedule for completion. Extensions may be subject to additional terms and conditions imposed by the department.

(((5) A department guideline titled Planning Handbook is available to assist the utility in meeting the planning-related requirements of this section.))

(9) The purveyor shall fulfill the requirements of this section before the use of any completed project.

(10) Purveyors of new water systems must meet the ownership requirements of WAC 246-290-035 and the water system planning requirements of WAC 246-290-100 or 246-290-105 before the department will review and approve the purveyors' construction documents.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-120, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-120, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-096, filed 2/17/88.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-125  Project report and construction document submittal exceptions. (1) The following projects do not require project reports in accordance with WAC 246-290-110 and construction documents in accordance with WAC 246-290-120 to be submitted to the department for review and approval prior to installation:

(a) Installation of valves, fittings, and meters, including backflow prevention assemblies;

(b) Installation of hydrants in accordance with WAC 246-290-230 (3) and (6);

(c) Repair of a system component or replacement with a component of a similar capacity and material in accordance with the original construction specifications of the approved design; or

(d) Maintenance or painting of surfaces not contacting potable water.

(2) Purveyors may elect to not submit to the department for review and approval project reports in accordance with WAC 246-290-110 and construction documents in accordance with WAC 246-290-120 for new distribution mains providing:

(a) The purveyor water system has on file with the department a current department-approved water system plan that includes standard construction specifications for distribution mains; and

(b) The purveyor maintains on file a completed construction completion report (departmental form) in accordance with WAC 246-290-120(5) and makes it available for review upon request by the department.

(3) Purveyors may elect to not submit to the department for review and approval project reports in accordance with WAC 246-290-110 and construction documents in accordance with WAC 246-290-120 for review and approval of other distribution-related projects as defined in WAC 246-290-010 providing:

(a) The purveyor has on file with the department a current department-approved water system plan, in accordance with WAC 246-290-100(5);

(b) The purveyor submits a written request with a new water system plan or an amendment to a water system plan, and updates the request with each water system plan update. The written request should specifically identify the types of projects or facilities for which the submittal exception procedure is requested;

(c) The purveyor has documented that they have employed or hired under contract the services of a professional engineer licensed in the state of Washington to review distribution-related projects not submitted to the department for review and approval. The review engineer and design engineer shall not be the same individual. The purveyor shall provide written notification to the department whenever they proposed to change their designated review engineer;

(d) If the project is a new transmission main, storage tank, or booster pump station, it must be identified in the capital improvement program of the utility's water system plan. If not, either the project report must be submitted to the department for review and approval, or the water system plan must be amended;

(e) A project summary file is maintained by the purveyor for each project and made available for review upon request by the department, and includes:

(i) Descriptive project summary;

(ii) Anticipated completion schedule;

(iii) Consistency with utility's water system plan;

(iv) Water right assessment, where applicable;

(v) Change in system physical capacity;

(vi) Copies of original design and record drawings;

(vii) Engineering design review report (departmental form). The form shall:

(A) Bear the seal, date, and signature of a professional engineer licensed in the state of Washington prior to the start of construction;

(B) Provide a descriptive reference to completed project report and/or construction documents reviewed, including date of design engineer's seal and signature; and

(C) State the project report and/or construction documents have been reviewed, and the design is in accordance with department regulations and principles of standard engineering practice;

(f) The construction completion report is submitted to the department in accordance with WAC 246-290-120(5) for new storage tanks and booster pump stations, and maintained on file with the water system for all other distribution-related projects;

(g) A WFI is completed in accordance with WAC 246-290-120(6); and

(h) The purveyor meets the requirements of chapter 246-294 WAC to have a category "green" operating permit.

(4) Source of supply (including interties) and water quality treatment-related projects shall not be eligible for the submittal exception procedure.

(5) Purveyors not required to prepare a water system plan under WAC 246-290-100 shall be eligible for the submittal exception procedure provided that:

(a) They have a department-approved water system plan meeting the requirements of WAC 246-290-100; and

(b) They comply with all other requirements in this section.

(6) Purveyors shall ensure that all work required to be prepared under the direction of a professional engineer be accomplished per WAC 246-290-040 and chapter 18.43 RCW.



[]



Reviser's note: The spelling error in the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appears in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-130  Source approval. (1) ((No new source, previously unapproved source, or modification of an existing source shall be used as a public water supply without department approval.

(2) A party seeking approval shall provide the department:

(a) A copy of the water right permit, if required, obtained from the department of ecology for the source, quantity, type, and place of use;

(b) A hydrogeologic assessment of the proposed source along with a general description of the watershed, spring, and/or aquifer recharge area affecting the quantity or quality of flow. Seasonal variation shall also be included;

(c) Any information, in addition to (b) of this subsection, as requested by the department to determine whether a source is a GWI;

(d) For surface water and GWI sources, the watershed control program identified under WAC 246-290-135 and Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC;

(e) For wells and springs:

(i) A susceptibility assessment;

(ii) A preliminary WHPA designation using the calculated fixed radius method, with six month, one, five, and ten year time of travel criteria; and

(iii) An initial inventory of potential sources of ground water contamination located within the WHPA.

(f) Upstream water uses affecting either water quality or quantity;

(g) A map showing the project location and vicinity;

(h) A map depicting topography, distances to the surface water intake, well or spring from existing property lines, buildings, potential sources of contamination, ditches, drainage patterns, and any other natural or man-made features affecting the quality or quantity of water;

(i) The dimensions and location of the sanitary control area under WAC 246-290-135;

(j) Copies of the recorded legal documents for the sanitary control area under WAC 246-290-135;

(k) A copy of the on-site inspection approval made by the department or local health department representative;

(l) A copy of the water well report including the Washington well identification number, depth to open interval or top of screened interval, overall depth of well, and location (both plat location and latitude/longitude);

(m) Required construction documents in accordance with WAC 246-290-120;

(n) Documentation of source meter installation;

(o) Well source development data establishing the capacity of the source. Data shall include:

(i) Static water level;

(ii) Wellhead elevation;

(iii) Yield;

(iv) The amount of drawdown;

(v) Recovery rate;

(vi) Duration of pumping; and

(vii) Interference between existing sources and the source being tested.

The source shall be pump tested at no less than the maximum design rate to determine whether the well and aquifer are capable of supplying water at the rate desired and to provide information necessary to determine the proper pump settings in the well. A department guideline on pump testing is available to assist purveyors;

(p) An initial analysis result of source water quality, including as a minimum the following:

(i) Bacteriological;

(ii) Complete inorganic chemical and physical;

(iii) VOC;

(iv) Radionuclide (if source being approved is for a community system); and

(v) Any other information required by the department.

When source water quality is subject to variation, the department may require additional analyses to define the range of variation;

(q) If treatment is planned, refer to WAC 246-290-250(2) and Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC, if applicable; and

(r) Other department-required information. Before initiating source development or modification, the purveyor shall contact the department to identify any such additional information.

(3) The department shall issue a written source approval when:

(a) The purveyor submits the necessary information to the satisfaction of the department; and

(b) The developed source provides water complying with this chapter.

(4) No new surface water or GWI sources with less than one hundred service connections shall be approved unless the system is owned and operated by an approved satellite management agency.)) Every purveyor shall obtain drinking water from the highest quality source feasible. No new source, previously unapproved source, or modification of an existing source shall be used as a public water supply without department approval. No intake or other connection shall be maintained between a public water system and a source of water not approved by the department.

(2) Before initiating source development or modification, the purveyor shall contact the department to identify submittal requirements.

(3) Any party seeking source approval shall provide the department sufficient documentation, in a project report, construction documents, or in supplemental documents, that the source:

(a) Is reasonable and feasible for the type and size of the system;

(b) May legally be used in conformance with state water rights laws;

(c) Supplies water that is physically and reliably available in the necessary quantities, as shown in:

(i) A hydrogeologic assessment of the proposed source;

(ii) A general description of the watershed, spring, and/or aquifer recharge area affecting the quantity or quality of flow, which includes seasonal variation and upstream water uses that may significantly affect the proposed source;

(iii) For ground water and spring sources, well source development data that are available from a pump test at the maximum design rate and duration, or are available from other sources of information, that establish pump settings (depth) in the well and demonstrate adequacy of water quantity to meet design criteria while not leading to water quality problems;

(iv) For ground water and spring sources, installation of a source meter or other equivalent device that reliably measures volume of flow into the system;

(d) Is, or is not, a GWI under WAC 246-290-640, and meets or can meet the applicable requirements for GWI sources as described in that section including treatment;

(e) Adequately provides for source protection, as shown in:

(i) For surface water and GWI sources, the watershed control program identified under WAC 246-290-135 and Part 6 of this chapter;

(ii) For wells, a preliminary department susceptibility assessment or equivalent information, and preliminary WHPA delineation and contaminant inventory, under the requirements for sanitary control and wellhead protection under WAC 246-290-135;

(f) Is designed and constructed in conformance with this chapter, and relevant requirements of chapter 173-160 WAC (department of ecology well construction standards);

(g) Meets water quality standards under WAC 246-290-310, as shown in an initial water quality analysis that includes, at a minimum, the following:

(i) Bacteriological;

(ii) Complete inorganic chemical and physical;

(iii) Complete VOC;

(iv) Radionuclides, if source approval is requested for a community system;

(v) SOC, except where waived or not required under WAC 246-290-310; and

(vi) Any other information required by the department relevant to the circumstances of the particular source.

Sources that otherwise would not meet water quality standards may be approved if treatment is provided.

(4) The required documentation under subsection (3) of this section shall include, at a minimum:

(a) A copy of the water right, or other written evidence of the existence of the right;

(b) A map showing the project location and vicinity;

(c) A map depicting topography, distances to the surface water intake, well or spring from existing property lines, buildings, potential sources of contamination, ditches, drainage patterns, and any other natural or man-made features affecting the quality or quantity of water;

(d) The dimensions, location, and legal documentation of the sanitary control area (SCA) under WAC 246-290-135;

(e) A copy of the on-site inspection form completed by the department or local health department representative;

(f) A copy of the water well report including the unique well identification tag number, depth to open interval or top of screened interval, overall depth of well from the top of the casing, vertical elevation, and location (both plat location and latitude/longitude); and

(g) Documentation of source meter installation. The purveyor may utilize other documents, such as a water system plan, susceptibility assessment, wellhead protection program, project report, or construction documents, to provide such documentation and information to the department, provided that such documents are current, and the purveyor indicates the location in the document of the relevant information.

(5) If treatment of a source is necessary to meet water quality standards, the purveyor may be required to meet the provisions of WAC 246-290-250 and Part 6 of this chapter, if applicable, prior to or as a condition of approval.

(6) An intertie must be adequately described in a written agreement between the purveyor and the supplier of the water, and otherwise meet the requirements of WAC 246-290-132.

(7) The purveyor shall not construct facilities for source development and use without prior approval of the department pursuant to the provisions of WAC 246-290-120.

(8) The purveyor shall receive a written source approval when:

(a) The purveyor has complied with the relevant provisions of subsections (1) through (7) of this section; and

(b) The developed source provides water complying with this chapter.

(9) The purveyor may receive a conditional source approval, such as one that sets limits on use or requires interim treatment, if further analysis of the quality of the source is required before final approval.

(10) For sources or supplies of water used by bottled water or ice plants to produce bottled water or ice:

(a) If the bottled water or ice plant is a Group A community water system and the plant uses the system's source for the water that is bottled or made into ice, the source and supply used for the bottled water and ice shall meet the applicable Group A requirements;

(b) If the bottled water or ice plant uses its own source for the water that is bottled or made into ice, and the plant is not a Group A community water system, the owner or operator shall obtain source approval from the department, and the source water shall meet the ongoing source water quality monitoring requirements for a Group A community system;

(c) If the bottled water or ice plant purchases the water for bottling or making ice from another source or supply, the water shall meet the minimum requirements for a Group A community water system, and the owner or operator of the plant shall ensure that the water meets such requirements;

(d) The source or supply for the water that is bottled or made into ice shall be protected from contamination prior to the bottling or ice making process; and

(e) In addition to the requirements imposed under this subsection, the processing of bottled water shall be subject to regulation by the state department of agriculture and the United States Food and Drug Administration.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-130, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-130, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93. Statutory Authority: Chapter 43.20 RCW. 91-07-031 (Order 150B), § 246-290-130, filed 3/15/91, effective 4/15/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-130, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-097, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-097, filed 2/17/88.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-132  Interties. (1) No interties shall be used and/or constructed as a public water supply without department approval.

(2) Interties shall not be eligible for submittal exceptions pursuant to WAC 246-290-125.

(3) Prior to department approval, purveyors proposing nonemergency interties shall ensure that the intertie is addressed:

(a) In an approved coordinated water system plan, water system plan, water system plan update, water system plan amendment, or small water system managment program including:

(i) Location of the proposed intertie;

(ii) Date it is proposed to be utilized;

(iii) The purpose, physical capacity, service area, and proposed usage of the intertie;

(iv) Copy of the intertie agreement between purveyors;

(v) Description of how the intertie:

(A) Improves overall system reliability;

(B) Enhances the manageability of the system;

(C) Provides opportunities for conjunctive use; or

(D) Delays or avoids the need to develop new water sources;

(vi) Identification of any potential public health or safety concerns;

(vii) Discussion of any water quality and treatment issues;

(viii) Demonstration of the source capacity and hydraulic capacity of the supplying and receiving systems at the designed flow rate through the intertie;

(ix) Water right assessment;

(x) Identification of alternative sources that will be utilized when the intertie agreement expires if the water is not being provided in perpetuity; and

(xi) Identification and comparison of alternatives if any.

(b) In construction documents in accordance with WAC 246-290-120 including:

(i) Demonstration of the installation of a source meter to measure water exchanged; and

(ii) Water right assessment, if not previously provided to the department. Where RCW 90.03.383 requires a water right or water right change to be issued by the department of ecology, construction work on the intertie shall not begin, notwithstanding any prior approval of the intertie by the department in a water system plan, until the department of ecology issues the required water right document.

(4) Emergency use interties are interconnections between public water systems permitting the temporary exchange or delivery of water between those systems only in cases of emergency that result in permanent supplies being unavailable for use. Prior to department approval, purveyors proposing emergency use interties shall ensure that the emergency intertie is addressed:

(a) In an approved coordinated water system plan, water system plan, water system plan update, water system plan amendment, or small water system management plan including:

(i) Description of the intended use of the emergency intertie;

(ii) Location of the proposed intertie;

(iii) Date the intertie is intended to be operational;

(iv) Copy of the intertie agreement between purveyors detailing the conditions and limitations of such intertie; and

(v) Hydraulic analysis conducted to identify the impacts upon each water system.

(b) In a project report in accordance with WAC 246-290-110 or in a construction document in accordance with WAC 246-290-120.

(5) Purveyors proposing interties shall apply to the department of ecology for water right changes as provided in RCW 90.03.383. Except as provided in RCW 90.03.383(7) and 90.03.390, no interties may be constructed without department of ecology action on the proposed change.

(6) The purveyor may be required to have emergency interties approved as nonemergency interties where such interties are used frequently or on a long-term basis. If the department makes such a determination, the intertie will require approval in accordance with subsection (3) of this section.

(7) Intertie agreements between purveyors shall include:

(a) Identification of specific time periods in which water will be provided;

(b) Identification of the volume of water available for use, including any seasonal or other restrictions; and

(c) Identification of how water conservation programs, data collection, water demand forecasting, and other operational matters will be coordinated.



[]



Reviser's note: The spelling error in the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appears in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040.



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-135  Source water protection. (1) ((The purveyor shall obtain drinking water from the highest quality source feasible. Existing and proposed sources of supply shall conform to the water quality standards established in WAC 246-290-310.

(2))) The department may require monitoring and controls in addition to those specified in this section if, in the opinion of the department, a potential risk exists to the water quality of a source.

(((3))) (2) Sanitary control area (SCA).

(a) The purveyor shall maintain ((a sanitary control area)) an SCA around all sources for the purpose of protecting them from existing and potential sources of contamination.

(b) For wells and springs, the minimum ((sanitary control area)) SCA shall have a radius of one hundred feet (thirty meters) and two hundred feet (sixty meters) respectively, unless engineering justification ((supports)) demonstrates that a smaller area can provide an adequate level of source water protection. The justification ((must)) shall address geological and hydrological data, well construction details, mitigation measures, and other relevant factors necessary to assure adequate sanitary control.

(c) The department may require a larger ((sanitary control area)) SCA than specified in (b) of this subsection, and/or additional mitigation measures if land use, geological, and/or hydrological data support such a decision. It shall be the purveyor's responsibility to obtain the protection needed.

(d) No source of contamination may be constructed, stored, disposed of, or applied within the ((sanitary control area)) SCA without the permission of the department and the purveyor.

(e) The ((sanitary control area)) SCA shall be owned by the purveyor in fee simple, or the purveyor shall have the right to exercise complete sanitary control of the land through other legal provisions.

(f) A purveyor, owning all or part of the ((sanitary control area)) SCA in fee simple or having possession and control, shall send to the department copies of legal documentation, such as a duly recorded declaration of covenant, restricting the use of the land. This legal documentation shall state:

(i) No source of contamination may be constructed, stored, disposed of, or applied without the permission of the department and the purveyor; and

(ii) If any change in ownership of the system or ((sanitary control area)) SCA is considered, all affected parties shall be informed of these requirements.

(g) Where portions of the control area are in the possession and control of another, the purveyor shall obtain a duly recorded restrictive covenant which shall run with the land, restricting the use of said land in accordance with ((these rules)) this chapter and provide the department with copies of the appropriate documentation.

(((4))) (3) Wellhead protection.

(a) Purveyors of water systems using ground water or spring sources shall develop and implement a wellhead protection program.

(b) The wellhead protection program shall be part of the water system plan required under WAC 246-290-100 or the small water system management program required under WAC ((246-290-410)) 246-290-105.

(c) The purveyor's wellhead protection program shall contain, at a minimum, the following elements:

(i) A completed susceptibility assessment or equivalent information;

(ii) Wellhead protection area (WHPA) delineation for each well, wellfield, or spring with the six month, one, five and ten year time of travel boundaries marked, or boundaries established using alternate criteria approved by the department in those settings where ground water time of travel is not a reasonable delineation criteria. WHPA delineations shall be done in accordance with recognized methods such as those described in the following sources:

(A) ((Washington State)) Department guidance on wellhead protection ((Program)); or

(B) EPA ((Guidelines)) guidance for delineation of wellhead protection areas((, EPA 440/6-87-010));

(iii) ((A list of all actual and potential ground water contaminant)) An inventory, including identification of site locations and owners/operators, of all known and potential ground water contamination sources located within the defined WHPA(s) having the potential to contaminate the source water of the well(s) or spring(s). This list shall be updated every two years;

(iv) Documentation of purveyor's notification to all owners/ operators of ((actual and)) known or potential sources of ground water contamination ((within the WHPA boundaries)) listed in (c)(iii) of this subsection;

(v) Documentation of purveyor's notification to regulatory agencies and local governments of the boundaries of the WHPA(s) and the findings of the WHPA inventory;

(vi) A contingency plan to ensure consumers have an adequate supply of potable water in the event that contamination results in the temporary or permanent loss of the principal source of supply (major well(s) or wellfield); and

(vii) Documentation of coordination with local emergency ((spill)) incident responders (including police, fire and health departments), including notification of WHPA boundaries, results of susceptibility assessment, inventory findings, and contingency plan.

((Sections in the department guidelines titled Planning Handbook, Washington State Wellhead Protection Program, and Inventory of Potential Sources of Ground Water Contamination in Washington's Wellhead Protection Areas address wellhead protection in more detail, and are available to purveyors establishing local wellhead protection programs.

(5))) (4) Watershed control program.

(a) Purveyors of water systems using surface water or GWI sources shall develop and implement a watershed control program in accordance with Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC as applicable.

(b) The watershed control program shall be part of the water system plan required in WAC 246-290-100 or the small water system management program required in WAC ((246-290-410)) 246-290-105.

(c) The purveyor's watershed control program shall contain, at a minimum, the following elements:

(i) Watershed description and inventory, including location, hydrology, land ownership and activities ((which)) that may adversely affect source water quality;

(ii) An inventory of all potential surface water contamination sources and activities, including identification of site locations and owner/operators, located within the watershed and having the significant potential to contaminate the source water quality;

(iii) Watershed control measures, including documentation of ownership and relevant written agreements, and monitoring of activities and water quality;

(((iii))) (iv) System operation, including emergency provisions; and

(((iv))) (v) Documentation of water quality trends.

((Sections in the department guideline titled Planning Handbook and in the DOH SWTR Guidance Manual address watershed control and are available to purveyors establishing watershed control programs.))

(d) The purveyor shall submit the watershed control program to the department for approval. Following departmental approval, the purveyor shall implement the watershed control program as approved.

(e) Purveyors of systems using unfiltered surface or GWI sources and meeting the criteria to remain unfiltered as specified in WAC 246-290-690 shall submit an annual report to the department ((which)) that summarizes the effectiveness of the watershed control program. Refer to WAC 246-290-690 for further information about this report.

(f) The purveyor shall update the watershed control program at least every six years, or more frequently if required by the department.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-135, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-135, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-140  Existing nonexpanding system as-built approval. (((1) When applying for approval, purveyors of existing public water systems without approved construction documents shall provide department-determined information.

(2) Information provided shall be consistent with chapter 248-54 WAC.

(3) Purveyors shall contact the department to obtain a list of specific requirements including, for wells and springs:

(a) A susceptibility assessment;

(b) A preliminary WHPA designation using the calculated fixed radius method, with six month, one, five, and ten year time of travel criteria; and

(c) An initial inventory of potential sources of ground water contamination located within the WHPA.

(4) After receipt of the required data, the department shall review the information and either:

(a) Approve the as-built construction documents; or

(b) Indicate what additional actions the purveyor needs to complete before approval is granted.)) At the discretion of the department, owners of existing systems without approved construction documents shall provide information necessary to establish the extent of the water system's compliance with this chapter. At a minimum, this shall include submission and approval by the department of:

(1) A water system plan or small water system management program;

(2) As-built or record drawings; and

(3) Water quality analyses.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-140, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-140, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-098, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-200  Design standards. (1) Purveyors shall ensure that good engineering criteria and practices are used in the design and construction of all public water systems, such as those set out in:

(a) Department guidance on design for Group A public water systems;

(b) The most recent published edition of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) or the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC);

(c) The most ((recently)) recent published edition of Recommended Standards for Water Works, A Committee Report of the Great Lakes - Upper Mississippi River Board of State Public Health and Environmental Managers;

(((b) Department guideline titled Sizing Guidelines for Public Water Supplies;

(c))) (d) Standard specifications of the American Public Works Association (APWA), the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), the American Water Works Association (AWWA), or the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM);

(((d) Standard specifications of the American Water Works Association;))

(e) Design criteria, such as contained in current college texts and professional journal articles, acceptable to the department;

(f) Chapter 173-160 WAC Minimum Standards for Construction and Maintenance of Water Wells;

(g) ((Visscher, J.T., et. al., Slow Sand Filtration for Community Water Supply, Planning, Design, Construction, Operation, and Maintenance. 1987. Technical paper no. 24, The Hague, Netherlands: International Reference Center for Community Water Supply and Sanitation;

(h) Huisman, L. and W.E. Wood. 1974. Slow Sand Filtration. Geneva. World Health Organization;

(i) Manual of Design for Slow Sand Filtration. 1991. AWWA Research Foundation; and

(j) Slow Sand Filtration. 1991. American Society of Civil Engineers)) The latest edition of the PNWS-AWWA Cross-Connection Control Manual, or the University of Southern California (USC) Manual of Cross-Connection Control.

(2) In addition, purveyors of new or expanding public water systems shall ((use)) consider and use, as appropriate, the following design factors:

(a) Historical water use;

(b) Community versus recreational uses of water;

(c) Local conditions and/or regulations;

(d) Community expectations;

(e) Public Water System Coordination Act considerations where appropriate;

(f) Provisions for systems and component reliability in accordance with WAC 246-290-420;

(g) Wind pressures, seismic risk, snow loads, and flooding;

(h) Other risks from potential disasters, as feasible; and

(((g))) (i) Other ((requirements)) information as ((determined)) required by the department.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-200, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-200, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-105, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-105, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 124B, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91)



WAC 246-290-220  ((Lead in)) Drinking water materials and additives. (1) All materials shall conform to the ANSI/NSF Standard 61 if in substantial contact with potable water supplies. For the purposes of this section, "substantial contact" means the elevated degree that a material in contact with water may release leachable contaminants into the water such that levels of these contaminants may be unacceptable with respect to either public health or aesthetic concerns. It should take into consideration the total material/water interface area of exposure, volume of water exposed, length of time water is in contact with the material, and level of public health risk. Examples of water system components that would be considered to be in "substantial contact" with drinking water are filter media, storage tank interiors or liners, distribution piping, membranes, exchange or adsorption media, or other similar components that would have high potential for contacting the water. Materials associated with such components as valves, pipe fittings, debris screens, gaskets, or similar appurtenances would not be considered to be in substantial contact.

(2) Materials or additives in use prior to the effective date of these regulations that have not been listed under ANSI/NSF Standard 60 or 61 shall be allowed for their current applications until such time that the materials are scheduled for replacement, or that stocks of existing additives are depleted and scheduled for reorder.

(3) Any treatment chemicals, with the exception of commercially retailed hypochlorite compounds such as unscented Clorox, Purex, etc., added to water intended for potable use shall comply with ANSI/NSF Standard 60. The maximum application dosage recommendation for the product certified by the ANSI/NSF Standard 60 shall not be exceeded in practice.

(4) Any products used to coat, line, seal, patch water contact surfaces or that have substantial water contact within the collection, treatment, or distribution systems shall comply with the appropriate ANSI/NSF Standard 60 or 61. Application of these products shall comply with recommendations contained in the product certification.

(5) The department may accept continued use of, and proposals involving, certain noncertified chemicals or materials on a case-by-case basis, provided all of the following criteria are met:

(a) The chemical or material has an acknowledged and demonstrable history of use in the state for drinking water applications;

(b) There exists no substantial evidence that the use of the chemical or material has caused consumers to register complaints about aesthetic issues, or health related concerns, that could be associated with leachable residues from the material; and

(c) The chemical or material has undergone testing through a protocol acceptable to the department and has been found to not contribute leachable compounds into drinking water at levels that would be of public health concern.

(6) Any pipe, pipe fittings, solder, or flux used in the installation or repair of a public water system shall be lead-free((.)):

(a) This prohibition shall not apply to leaded joints necessary for the repair of cast iron pipes((.)); and

(((2))) (b) Within the context of this section, lead-free shall mean:

(((a))) (i) No more than eight percent lead in pipes and pipe fittings((,)); and

(((b))) (ii) No more than two-tenths of one percent lead in solder and flux.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-220, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-131, filed 2/17/88.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-221  Water demand design criteria. (1) Except as provided in this section, expanding systems shall use water demand design for average day demand (ADD), and peak periods of demand such as maximum day demand (MDD), and peak hourly demand (PHD) that are based upon actual metered water use records. The data collected shall be sufficient to account for seasonal or other cyclic changes in water demand, and shall correlate to the maximum number of full-time or part-time equivalent residential units in service at any time.

(2) For seasonally used, transitory noncommunity, or recreational developments the design for ADD, MDD, and PHD shall be based upon metered water uses whenever such data is available. The data must account for the daily population using the water over the time that records are collected, and must reflect the uses associated with maximum occupancy for the development. The design demands for these developments apply only to part-time uses, and may not be applied to structures or dwellings that can be permanently occupied.

(3) In the absence of metered use or other comparable information, the following sources of design information may be used:

(a) Comparable metered water use data from analogous water systems. Analogous systems are those with similar characteristics, such as demographics, housing sizes, income levels, lot sizes, climate, water pricing structure, conservation practices, use restrictions, and soils and landscaping; or

(b) Design criteria or guidelines in the most recent edition of the department manual for design of Group A public water systems.

(4) The design for water systems based upon metered water use records shall have an MDD no lower than three hundred fifty gallons per day per equivalent residential unit (ERU), except for the design of any expansion to an existing water system that has a minimum of two years of meter records that clearly demonstrate that a lower design value for MDD may be used without significant risk of pressure loss. The meter records must correlate the demand data to the actual level of occupancy for the periods covered by the records.

(5) The minimum water demand and duration required for fire flow and/or fire suppression storage shall be determined by the local fire control authority, or chapter 246-293 WAC for systems within the boundaries of a designated critical water supply service area (CWSSA). Public water systems that are not required to comply with minimum fire flow standards shall coordinate with the local fire control authorities to ensure that any hydrants on the system, if they can possibly be used in the course of fire suppression activities, do not create adverse pressure problems within the water system as a result of fire control actions.



[]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-222  Water system physical capacity. (1) The water system physical capacity shall be established by evaluating the capacity of each system component such as source, treatment, storage, transmission, or distribution, individually and in combination with each other. The evaluation shall identify any limitations on the ability of the system to provide service to all consumers.

(2) The water system physical capacity shall be:

(a) Reported in terms of total equivalent residential units (ERUs) and the number of residential and nonresidential connections with the number of ERUs they represent; and

(b) Compared to the existing number of residential and nonresidential connections currently served and the ERUs they represent.

(3) Total source capacity calculations shall not include emergency sources as defined in WAC 246-290-010.

(4) Total daily source capacity, in conjunction with any storage that is designed to accommodate peak use periods on a daily or longer basis, shall be sufficient to provide a reliable supply of water equal to or exceeding the MDD.

(5) Treatment capacity, in conjunction with any storage designed to accommodate peak demand periods on a daily or longer basis, shall be sufficient to provide a reliable supply of treated water equal to or exceeding the MDD while meeting the water quality parameters set forth in Part 4 and Part 6 as applicable, of this chapter.

(6) Water storage shall be sufficient to meet expected system service demands by providing sufficient operational, equalizing, standby, and where applicable, fire suppression storage volumes in accordance with WAC 246-290-235.

(7) Distribution system capacity shall provide for PHD, or MDD plus required fire flow, as required in each pressure zone while maintaining minimum design pressures established under this chapter.



[]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-230  Distribution systems. (1) ((Distribution reservoirs completed after June 1, 1975, shall have suitable watertight roofs or covers preventing entry by birds, animals, insects, and dust and shall include appropriate provisions to safeguard against trespass, vandalism, and sabotage. Purveyors with uncovered distribution reservoirs in use before June 2, 1975, shall comply with the provisions of WAC 246-290-470 until suitable watertight roofs or covers are installed. Purveyors with uncovered distribution reservoirs shall submit a plan and schedule to cover all reservoirs to the department for approval before January 1, 1996.

(2))) The purveyor shall size and evaluate ((the)) new, or expansions to existing, distribution systems using a hydraulic analysis acceptable to the department.

(((3))) (2) The minimum diameter of all distribution mains shall be six inches (150 mm) unless smaller mains can be justified by hydraulic analysis.

(3) Systems designed to provide fire flows shall have a minimum distribution main size of six inches (150 mm).

(4) Installation of new standard fire hydrants shall not be allowed on mains less than six inches (150 mm) in diameter. Existing fire hydrants on currently active mains less than six inches (150 mm) in diameter shall be allowed to remain provided:

(((4))) (a) The existing distribution system consists of mains at least four inches (101.6 mm) in diameter, and the fire flow available from existing four-inch (101.6 mm) mains within the proximity of the proposed fire hydrant exceeds the minimum fire flow standard adopted by the local fire protection authority; and

(b) The location and installation of the existing fire hydrants on the four-inch (101.6 mm) main have received approval by the local fire protection authority.

(5) New public water systems or additions to existing systems shall ((provide a design)) be designed with the capacity to deliver the design PHD quantity of water at ((a positive pressure of at least)) 30 psi (((200)) 210 kPa) under ((peak hourly design)) PHD flow conditions measured at ((any customer's)) all existing and proposed service water meters or ((at the)) along property lines adjacent to mains if no meter exists, and under the condition where all equalizing storage has been depleted.

(((5))) (6) If fire flow is to be provided, the distribution system shall be designed to provide maximum day demand (MDD) plus the required fire flow at a pressure of at least 20 psi ((during peak hourly design flow conditions.

(6) Booster pumps needed for individual services shall be subject to review and approval by the department. Installation shall be made under the supervision of the purveyor to assure cross-connection control requirements are met)) (140 kPa) at all points throughout the distribution system, and under the condition where the designed volume of fire suppression and equalizing storage has been depleted.

(7) Booster pumps shall be designed in accordance with good engineering criteria and practices as listed in WAC 246-290-200.

(8) On existing systems, or for additions to existing systems, that are unable to meet the pressure requirements of this section, booster pumps for individual services may be used in the interim until system improvements are made to resolve pressure deficiencies. In this situation, the individual booster pumps shall be under the management and control of the purveyor.

(9) Transmission lines as defined in WAC 246-290-010 shall be designed to maintain greater than or equal to five psi (35 kPa) during normal operations, except when directly adjacent to storage tanks, and shall be sized according to a hydraulic analysis. Transmission mains designed to operate at velocities greater than ten feet per second shall include a hydraulic transient (water hammer) analysis in conjunction with the hydraulic analysis.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-230, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-230, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-230, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-135, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-135, filed 9/8/83.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-235  Distribution reservoirs. (1) Distribution reservoirs shall be designed to:

(a) Prevent entry by birds, animals, insects, excessive dust, and other potential sources of external contamination. The design shall include provisions for a lockable weathertight roof, a screened roof vent, an overflow pipe with atmospheric discharge or other suitable means to prevent a cross-connection, sample collection capability, a drain to daylight (or an approved alternative that is adequate to protect against cross-connection), a provision for tank isolation in order to perform maintenance procedures, and other appurtenances appropriate to the protection of stored water from contamination;

(b) Maintain water circulation, prevent water stagnation, and provide adequate disinfection contact time; and

(c) Be accessible for routine maintenance and water quality monitoring.

(2) Equalizing storage, as defined in WAC 246-290-010, shall be provided to meet peak periods of demand, either daily or longer, when determined to be necessary based on available, or designed, source pumping capacity.

(3) Operational, standby, and fire suppression storage volumes as defined in WAC 246-290-010 shall be provided, as applicable, for all pressure zones to meet both normal as well as abnormal demands of the system.

(4) Standby and fire suppression storage volumes may be nested with the larger of the two volumes being the minimum available, provided the local fire protection authority does not require them to be additive.



[]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-250  Treatment design. (1) ((Purveyors shall)) Treatment systems or devices shall be piloted and designed to ensure finished water quality ((from existing and proposed sources of supply)) conforms to ((the minimum)) water quality standards established in WAC 246-290-310.

(2) ((Purveyors using)) Treatment systems or devices for surface water or GWI sources shall ((design, install, and operate treatment facilities to ensure at least:

(a) 99.9 percent (3 log) removal and/or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts; and

(b) 99.99 percent (4 log) removal and/or inactivation of viruses.

Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC contains specific requirements for filtered and unfiltered surface water and GWI systems, including treatment technique, monitoring and reporting requirements)) be designed in accordance with the provisions of Part 6 of this chapter and the applicable provisions herein.

(3) Predesign studies, including pilot studies as appropriate, shall be required for proposed surface water and GWI sources and those ground water sources requiring treatment. The goal of the predesign study shall be to establish the most effective method, considering economics, to produce satisfactory finished water quality meeting the requirements of this chapter and complying with the treatment technique requirements in Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC. The predesign study shall be included as part of the project report under WAC 246-290-110. Refer to WAC 246-290-676 for requirements relating specifically to the filtration facility pilot study. The purveyor shall not establish nor maintain a bypass to divert water around any feature of a treatment process, except by written permission of the department.

(4) ((The minimum level of treatment for)) All well ((sources)) and spring sources not ((classified as)) determined to be GWI's shall ((be)) have continuous ((and effective)) disinfection ((as determined by the department)) that meets the operational requirements of WAC 246-290-451 (4) and (5). The department may ((reduce)) modify the requirement for disinfection for public water systems ((with:

(a) Well sources not classified as GWI's:

(i) Having a satisfactory bacteriological history at the source and within the distribution system as determined by the department; and

(ii) Drawing from a protected aquifer as determined by the department.

(b) Spring sources not classified as GWI's:

(i) Having a satisfactory bacteriological history at the source and within the distribution system as determined by the department;

(ii) Having evidence to demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the department, the spring originates in a stratum not subject to contamination; and

(iii) Where the water is collected by a method precluding contamination.

(5) The minimum level of treatment for surface water supplies shall be coagulation, flocculation, filtration, and disinfection. In certain cases, alternative treatment designs followed by disinfection may be acceptable to the department, provided there is adequate engineering justification. Group A systems with surface water sources and GWI sources shall provide treatment as specified under WAC 246-290-630.

(6) Disinfection methods, other than chlorination, such as ozonation, ultraviolet radiation, and iodination, may be approved by the department with appropriate engineering justification)) that demonstrate the well or spring sources (not confirmed as GWI's) have satisfactory bacteriological histories at the source and have SCAs in accordance with WAC 246-290-135.

(5) Purveyors shall use appropriate treatment technologies, such as those outlined in department guidance on water treatment, and shall address water treatment facilities in their water system plans pursuant to WAC 246-290-100.

(6) Project reports for the design of treatment facilities shall meet the requirements of WAC 246-290-110.

(7) Construction specifications for treatment facilities shall meet the requirements of WAC 246-290-120.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-250, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-250, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-155, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-155, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-300  Monitoring requirements. (1) General.

(a) The monitoring requirements specified in this section are minimums. The department may require additional monitoring when:

(i) Contamination is present or suspected in the water system;

(ii) ((The department determines)) A ground water source ((may)) is determined to be a potential GWI;

(iii) The ((department determines the)) degree of source protection is not satisfactory;

(iv) ((The department determines)) Additional monitoring is needed to verify source vulnerability for a requested monitoring waiver; ((or))

(v) Under other circumstances as identified in a departmental order; or

(vi) Additional monitoring is needed to verify continuing effectiveness of a treatment process.

(b) Special purpose samples collected by the purveyor shall not count toward fulfillment of the monitoring requirements of this chapter unless ((both)) the quality of data and method of sampling and analysis are acceptable to the department.

(c) The purveyor shall ensure samples required by this chapter are collected, transported, and submitted for analysis according to department-approved methods. The analyses shall be performed by the state public health laboratory or another laboratory certified by the department. Qualified water utility, certified laboratory, or health department personnel may conduct measurements for pH, temperature, residual disinfectant concentration and turbidity as required by this chapter, provided, these measurements are made in accordance with "standard methods."

(d) Compliance samples required by this chapter shall be taken at locations listed in Table 3 of this section.

(e) ((When one public water system sells water to another public water system, the purveyor of the selling system, regardless of size, shall conduct at least the minimum source monitoring required by this chapter for community systems.

(f) When one public water system receives completely treated water, as determined by the department, from another public water system, the purveyor of the receiving system shall)) Purveyors failing to comply with a monitoring requirement shall notify:

(i) The department in accordance with WAC 246-290-480; and

(ii) The water system users in accordance with WAC 246-290-495.

(2) Selling and receiving water.

(a) Source monitoring. Purveyors, with the exception of those that "wheel" water to their consumers (i.e., sell water that has passed through another purchasing purveyor's distribution system), shall conduct source monitoring in accordance with this chapter prior to the sale of water from the sources under their control. The level of monitoring shall satisfy the monitoring requirements associated with the total population served by the source.

(b) Distribution system monitoring. The purveyor of a system that receives and distributes water shall perform distribution-related monitoring requirements. Monitoring shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(i) Collect coliform samples in accordance with subsection (((2))) (3) of this section;

(ii) Collect trihalomethane samples in accordance with subsection (((5))) (6) of this section;

(iii) Perform the distribution system residual disinfectant concentration monitoring required under WAC ((246-290-440)) 246-290-451 or 246-290-694;

(iv) Perform lead and copper monitoring required under 40 CFR 141.86, 141.87, and 141.88; ((and))

(v) Perform the distribution system monitoring in accordance with 40 CFR 141.23(b) for asbestos if applicable; and

(vi) Other monitoring as required by the department.

(((g) The department may reduce)) (c) Reduced monitoring for regional programs. The receiving purveyor may receive reductions in the coliform, lead and copper, THM and distribution system disinfectant residual concentration monitoring requirements ((of the receiving system)), provided the receiving system:

(i) Has a satisfactory water quality history as determined by the department;

(ii) Operates in a satisfactory manner consistent with this chapter;

(iii) Purchases water from a purveyor ((which)) that has a department-approved regional monitoring program; and

(iv) Has a written agreement with the supplying system or regional water supplier that is acceptable to the department, and which identifies the responsibilities of both the supplying and receiving system(s) with regards to monitoring, reporting and maintenance of the distribution system.

(((h))) (d) Periodic review of regional programs. The department may periodically review ((both)) the ((selling and receiving system's)) sampling records of public water systems participating in a department-approved monitoring program to determine if continued reduced monitoring is appropriate. If the department determines a change in the monitoring requirements of the receiving system is appropriate:

(i) The department shall notify the purveyor of the change in monitoring requirements; and

(ii) The purveyor shall conduct monitoring as directed by the department.

(((i) Purveyors failing to comply with a monitoring requirement shall notify:

(i) The department in accordance with WAC 246-290-480; and

(ii) The water system users in accordance with WAC 246-290-330.

(2))) (3) Bacteriological.

(a) The purveyor shall be responsible for collection and submittal of coliform samples from representative points throughout the distribution system. Samples shall be collected after the first service and at regular time intervals ((at least once per calendar month unless otherwise specified in this subsection,)) each month the system provides water to consumers. Samples shall be collected that represent normal system operating conditions.

(i) Systems providing disinfection treatment shall measure residual disinfectant concentration within the distribution system at the same time and location that a routine or repeat coliform sample is collected.

(ii) Systems providing disinfection treatment shall assure that disinfectant residual concentrations are measured and recorded on all coliform sample report forms submitted for compliance purposes.

(b) Coliform monitoring plan.

(i) The purveyor shall prepare a written coliform monitoring plan and base routine monitoring upon the plan. ((A department guideline titled Preparation of a Coliform Monitoring Plan is available to assist the purveyor in preparing this plan.)) The plan shall include coliform sample collection sites and a sampling schedule.

(ii) ((The plan shall include at a minimum:

(A) A system map or diagram showing the locations of:

(I) Water sources;

(II) Storage, treatment, and pressure regulation facilities;

(III) Distribution systems;

(IV) Pressure zones;

(V) Interconnections; and

(VI) Coliform sample collection sites.

(B) A narrative which includes the following information:

(I) Public water system identification number;

(II) Population served and services;

(III) Water sources;

(IV) System facilities and processes for storage, treatment, and pressure regulation;

(V) Coliform sample collection sites; and

(VI) Sampling schedules.

(iii))) The purveyor shall:

(A) Keep the coliform monitoring plan on file with the system and make it available to the department for inspection upon request;

(B) Revise or expand the plan at any time the plan no longer ensures representative monitoring of the system, or as directed by the department; and

(C) Submit the plan to the department for review and approval when requested and as part of the water system plan required under WAC 246-290-100.

(c) Monitoring frequency. The number of required routine coliform samples is based on total population served.

(i) Purveyors of community systems shall collect and submit for analysis no less than the number of routine samples listed in Table 2 during each calendar month of operation;

(ii) Purveyors of noncommunity systems shall collect and submit for analysis ((no less than the number of samples required in Table 2. Each month's population shall be based on the average daily population and shall include all residents and nonresidents served during that month. During months when the average daily population served is less than twenty-five, routine sample collection is not required when:

(A) Using only protected ground water sources;

(B) No coliforms were detected in samples during the previous month; and

(C) One routine sample has been collected and submitted for analysis during one of the previous two months)) as determined by the department, and no less than required under 40 CFR 141.21.

(iii) Purveyors of systems serving both a resident and a nonresident population shall base their minimum sampling requirement on the total of monthly populations served, both resident and nonresident ((and on)) as determined by the department, but no less than the minimum required in Table 2; and

(iv) Purveyors of systems with a nonresident population lasting two weeks or less during a month shall sample as directed by the department. Sampling shall be initiated at least two weeks prior to the time service is provided to consumers.

(v) Purveyors of TNC systems shall not be required to collect routine samples in months where the population served is zero or the system has notified the department of an unscheduled closure.

(d) ((Surface water or ground water under the direct influence of surface water (GWI) sources. A purveyor using unfiltered surface water or unfiltered GWI sources shall:

(i) Collect and submit for analysis, at least one coliform sample at the first service connection during each day in which source water turbidity exceeds 1.0 NTU; or

(ii) Collect samples as directed by the department when logistical problems beyond the purveyor's control make analysis of the coliform samples impractical because the time between sample collection and analysis exceeds thirty hours. If the department extends the time limits, the purveyor shall collect the required samples as directed by the department.

(e) Comprehensive system evaluations (CSEs).

(i) Purveyors of systems with less than four thousand one hundred one population served shall:

(A) Submit to a CSE conducted by the department; or

(B) Collect and submit for analysis five or more routine samples each month.

(ii) Purveyors electing to have CSEs conducted shall be evaluated by the department based on the following schedule:

(A) Community water systems, every five years. The initial CSE shall be conducted by June 29, 1994; and

(B) Noncommunity systems, every five years unless the system uses only disinfected and protected ground water as determined by the department, in which case the evaluation need only be repeated every ten years. The initial CSE shall be conducted by June 29, 1999.

(iii) The department may substitute source of contamination information from the wellhead protection program for CSE information if the information was collected since the last CSE; and

(iv) Purveyors collecting less than five routine samples per month shall be responsible for:

(A) Ensuring full cooperation in scheduling CSEs; and

(B) Making all facilities and records available to the department for the CSE.

(f))) Invalid samples. When a coliform sample is determined invalid under WAC 246-290-320 (2)(d), the purveyor shall:

(i) Not include the sample in the determination of monitoring compliance; and

(ii) ((Collect and submit for coliform analysis, an additional drinking water sample from the same location as each invalid sample within twenty-four hours of notification by the laboratory of the invalid sample)) Take follow-up action as defined in WAC 246-290-320 (2)(d).

(((g))) (e) The purveyor using a surface water or GWI source shall collect representative source water samples for bacteriological density analysis in accordance with WAC 246-290-664 and 246-290-694 as applicable.





TABLE 2



MINIMUM MONTHLY ROUTINE COLIFORM SAMPLING

REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNITY WATER SYSTEMS



Population Served 1 Minimum Number of Routine

Samples/Calendar Month









During Month
When NO samples

with a coliform

presence were

collected during the

previous month

When ANY samples

with a coliform

presence were

collected during the

previous month


1 - 1,000 1 ((2)) .* 5
1,001 - 2,500 2 .* 5
2,501 - 3,300 3 .* 5
3,301 - 4,100 4 .* 5
4,101 - 4,900 5 5
4,901 - 5,800 6 6
5,801 - 6,700 7 7
6,701 - 7,600 8 8
7,601 - 8,500 9 9
8,501 - 12,900 10 10
12,901 - 17,200 15 15
17,201 - 21,500 20 20
21,501 - 25,000 25 25
25,001 - 33,000 30 30
33,001 - 41,000 40 40
41,001 - 50,000 50 50
50,001 - 59,000 60 60
59,001 - 70,000 70 70
70,001 - 83,000 80 80
83,001 - 96,000 90 90
96,001 - 130,000 100 100
130,001 - 220,000 120 120
220,001 - 320,000 150 150
320,001 - 450,000 180 180
450,001 - 600,000 210 210
600,001 - 780,000 240 240
780,001 - 970,000 270 270
970,001 - 1,230,000 3 300 300
1 Does not include the population of ((utilities purchasing water)) a consecutive system that purchases water. The sampling requirement for consecutive systems is a separate determination based upon the population of that system.

((2 Noncommunity systems using only protected ground water sources and serving less than 25 individuals, may collect and submit for analysis, one sample every three months.))



((3)) 2 Systems serving populations larger than 1,230,000 shall contact the department for the minimum number of samples required per month.



.*In addition to the provisions of subsection (1)(a) of this section, if a system of this size cannot show evidence of having been subject to a sanitary survey on file with the department, or has been determined to be at risk to bacteriological concerns following a survey, the minimum number of samples required per month may be increased by the department after additional consideration of such factors as monitoring history, compliance record, operational problems, and water quality concerns for the system.



(((3))) (4) Inorganic chemical and physical.

(a) A complete inorganic chemical and physical analysis shall consist of the primary and secondary chemical and physical substances.

(i) Primary chemical and physical substances are antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, nickel, nitrate (as N), nitrite (as N), selenium, sodium, thallium, and for unfiltered surface water, turbidity.

(ii) Secondary chemical and physical substances are chloride, color, hardness, iron, manganese, specific conductivity, silver, sulfate, total dissolved solids.*, and zinc.



.* Required only when specific conductivity exceeds seven hundred micromhos/centimeter.



(b) Purveyors shall monitor for all primary and secondary chemical and physical substances identified in Table 4 and Table 5. Samples shall be collected in accordance with the monitoring requirements referenced in 40 CFR 141.23(a) through 141.23(j) and 40 CFR 143.4, except for composite samples for systems serving less than ((3,300)) three thousand three hundred one persons. For these systems, compositing among different systems may be allowed if the systems are owned or operated by a department-approved satellite management agency. ((A department guideline titled Inorganic and Organic Chemical Monitoring Plans is available on request.))

(c) Samples required by this subsection shall be taken at designated locations in accordance with 40 CFR 141.23(a) through 141.23(j), and 40 CFR 143.4, and Table 3 herein.

(i) Wellfield samples shall be allowed from department designated wellfields; and

(ii) In accordance with 40 CFR 141.23 (a)(3), alternate sampling locations may be ((allowed)) used if approved by the department. The process for determining these alternate sites ((are)) is described in ((the)) department ((guideline titled Inorganic and Organic Chemical Monitoring Plans)) guidance. Purveyors of community and NTNC systems may ask the department to approve an alternate sampling location for multiple sources within a single system ((which)) that are blended prior to entry to the distribution system. ((Department approval)) Alternate sampling plans shall ((consider)) address the following:

(A) Source vulnerability;

(B) ((Updated inorganic monitoring plan showing location of all sources with current and proposed sampling locations;

(C))) Individual source characteristics;

(((D))) (C) Previous water quality information;

(((E))) (D) Status of monitoring waiver applications; and

(((F))) (E) Other information deemed necessary by the department.

(d) Composite samples:

(i) In accordance with CFR 141.23 (a)(4), purveyors may ask the certified lab to composite samples representing as many as five individual samples from within one system. Sampling procedures and protocols are outlined in ((the)) department ((guideline titled Inorganic and Organic Chemical Monitoring Plans)) guidance; and

(ii) For systems serving a population of less than three thousand three hundred one, the department may approve composite sampling between systems when those systems are part of an approved satellite management agency.

(e) When the purveyor provides treatment for one or more inorganic chemical or physical contaminants, the department may require the purveyor to sample before and after treatment. The department shall notify the purveyor if and when this additional source sampling is required.

(f) Inorganic monitoring plans.

(i) Purveyors of community and NTNC systems shall prepare an inorganic chemical monitoring plan and ((conduct)) base routine monitoring ((in accordance with)) on the plan. ((A department guideline titled Inorganic and Organic Chemical Monitoring Plans is available to assist the purveyor in preparing this plan.))

(ii) ((The plan shall include, at a minimum:

(A) A system map or diagram showing the location of:

(I) Water sources;

(II) Storage, treatment, and distribution system; and

(III) Inorganic sample collection locations.

(B) A narrative which includes the following information:

(I) The system's public water system identification number;

(II) Population served and number of services;

(III) Water sources;

(IV) Storage, treatment, and distribution system;

(V) Inorganic sampling locations (including asbestos if applicable);

(VI) Source vulnerability ratings and status of monitoring waiver applications; and

(VII) Sampling schedule.

(iii))) The purveyor shall:

(A) Keep the monitoring plan on file with the system and make it available to the department for inspection upon request;

(B) Revise or expand the plan at any time the plan no longer reflects the monitoring requirements, procedures or sampling locations, or as directed by the department; and

(C) Submit the plan to the department for review and approval when requested and as part of the water system plan required under WAC 246-290-100.

(g) Monitoring waivers.

(i) Purveyors may request in writing, a monitoring waiver from the department for any nonnitrate/nitrite inorganic chemical and physical monitoring requirements identified in this chapter.

(ii) Purveyors requesting a monitoring waiver shall comply with applicable subsections of 40 CFR 141.23 (b)(3), 141.23 (c)(3), and 141.40 (n)(4). ((A department guideline titled Source Vulnerability and Monitoring Waivers is available to assist purveyors.))

(iii) Purveyors shall update and resubmit requests for waiver renewals as applicable during each compliance cycle or period or more frequently as directed by the department.

(iv) Failure to provide complete and accurate information in the waiver application shall be grounds for denial of the monitoring waiver.

(h) The department may require the purveyor to repeat sample for confirmation of results.

(i) Purveyors with emergency and seasonal sources shall monitor those sources when they are in use.

(((4))) (5) Lead and copper. Monitoring for lead and copper shall be conducted in accordance with 40 CFR 141.86, 141.87, and 141.88.

(((5) Turbidity.

(a) Purveyors of systems with surface water or GWI sources and installing filtration, and other water systems as directed by the department, shall monitor turbidity a minimum of once per day at the entry to the distribution system.

(b) For purveyors of systems installing filtration, the monitoring requirement of (a) of this subsection is effective between written department notification of the filtration requirement and installation of filtration. Once filtration is installed, the purveyor shall monitor turbidity in accordance with WAC 246-290-664.

(c) Purveyors of systems with surface water or GWI sources not subject to the requirements specified in (a) of this subsection, shall monitor turbidity in accordance with Subpart B or Subpart D of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC, whichever is applicable.

(d) Purveyors conducting turbidity measurements shall ensure that analytical requirements are met, in accordance with WAC 246-290-638, at all times the system serves water to the public.))

(6) Trihalomethanes (THMs).

(a) Purveyors of community systems serving a population of ten thousand or more and providing water treated with chlorine or other halogenated disinfectant shall monitor as follows:

(i) Ground water sources. The purveyor shall collect one sample from each treated ((spring, well, or well field)) ground water source every twelve months. This sample shall be taken at the source before treatment ((or at the extreme end of the distribution system. The sample shall be)) and analyzed for maximum total trihalomethane potential (MTTP)((; or)). The purveyor may receive approval from the department for an alternate sample location if it would provide essentially the same information as an MTTP analysis regarding the levels of THMs that the consumers are, or could potentially be, exposed to in the drinking water.

(ii) Surface water sources. The purveyor shall collect four samples per treated source every three months. The samples shall be taken within a twenty-four-hour period. The purveyor shall take one of the samples from the extreme end of the distribution system, the farthest point possible from the source of supply, and three samples from ((representative)) intermediate locations in the distribution system. The samples shall be analyzed for total ((trihalomethanes ())TTHM(())) (i.e., the sum of trichloromethane, bromodichloromethane, dibromochloromethane, and tribromomethane). After one year of monitoring, the department may reduce the monitoring frequency to one sample every three months per treatment plant if the TTHM levels are less than 0.10 mg/L. The purveyor shall take the sample at the extreme end of the distribution system; or

(iii) Purchased surface water sources. The purveyor of a consecutive system shall collect one water sample per each purchased ((surface)) source originating from a surface supply or confirmed GWI every three months. The sample shall be taken at the extreme end of the distribution system and analyzed for TTHM.

(b) Purveyors of community systems shall monitor for TTHM when serving a population less than ten thousand and providing surface water treated with chlorine or other halogenated disinfectant. The purveyor shall collect one water sample per treated source every three months for one year. The sample shall be taken at the extreme end of the distribution system and analyzed for TTHM. After the first year, the purveyor shall monitor surface water sources every thirty-six months.

(c) Purveyors of community systems shall monitor for TTHM when serving less than ten thousand people and purchasing surface water treated with chlorine or other halogenated disinfectant or adding a halogenated disinfectant after purchase. The purveyor shall collect one water sample every three months at the extreme end of the distribution system or at a department-acceptable location. The sample shall be analyzed for TTHM. After the first year, the purveyor shall monitor every thirty-six months.

(7) Organic chemicals.

(a) Purveyors of community and NTNC water systems shall comply with monitoring requirements in accordance with 40 CFR 141.24(a), 141.24(f), 141.24(g), 141.24(h), 141.40(a), 141.40(d), and 141.40(e).

(b) Sampling locations shall be as defined in 40 CFR 141.24(f), 141.24(g), 141.24(h), 141.40(b) and 141.40(c).

(i) Wellfield samples shall be allowed from department designated wellfields; and

(ii) In accordance with 40 CFR 141.24 (f)(3) and 141.24 (h)(3), alternate sampling locations may be allowed if approved by the department. These alternate locations are described in ((the departmental guideline titled Inorganic and Organic Chemical Monitoring Plans)) department guidance. Purveyors may ask the department to approve an alternate sampling location for multiple sources within a single system ((which)) that are blended prior to entry to the distribution system. ((Department approval)) The alternate sampling location shall consider the following:

(A) Source vulnerability;

(B) An updated organic monitoring plan showing location of all sources with current and proposed sampling locations;

(((c))) (C) Individual source characteristics;

(D) Previous water quality information;

(E) Status of monitoring waiver applications; and

(F) Other information deemed necessary by the department.

(c) Composite samples:

(i) Purveyors may ask the certified lab to composite samples representing as many as five individual samples from within one system. Sampling procedures and protocols are outlined in ((the department guideline titled Inorganic and Organic Chemical Monitoring Plans)) department guidance;

(ii) For systems serving a population of less than three thousand three hundred one, the department may approve composite sampling between systems when those systems are part of an approved satellite management agency.

(d) The department may require the purveyor to sample both before and after treatment for one or more organic contaminants. The department shall notify the purveyor if and when this additional source sampling is required.

(e) Organic chemical monitoring plans.

(i) Purveyors of community and NTNC systems shall prepare an organic chemical monitoring plan and ((conduct)) base routine monitoring ((in accordance with)) on the plan. ((A department guideline titled Inorganic and Organic Chemical Monitoring Plans is available to assist the purveyor in preparing this plan.))

(ii) ((The plan shall include at a minimum:

(A) A system map or diagram showing the location of:

(I) Water sources;

(II) Storage, treatment, and distribution system; and

(III) Organic sample collection locations.

(B) A narrative which includes the following information:

(I) The system's public water system identification number;

(II) Population served and number of services;

(III) Water sources;

(IV) Storage, treatment, and distribution system;

(V) Organic sampling locations;

(VI) Source vulnerability ratings and status of monitoring waiver applications; and

(VII) Sampling schedule.

(iii))) The purveyor shall:

(A) Keep the monitoring plan on file with the system and make it available to the department for inspection upon request;

(B) Revise or expand the plan at any time the plan no longer reflects the monitoring requirements, procedures or sampling locations, or as directed by the department; and

(C) Submit the plan to the department for review and approval when requested and as part of the water system plan required under WAC 246-290-100.

(f) Monitoring waivers.

(i) Purveyors may request in writing, a monitoring waiver from the department for any organic monitoring requirement except those relating to unregulated VOCs;

(ii) Purveyors requesting a monitoring waiver shall comply with 40 CFR 141.24 (f)(7), 141.24 (f)(10), 141.24 (h)(6), 141.24 (h)(7) or 141.40 (n)(4)((. A department guideline titled Source Vulnerability and Monitoring Waivers is available to assist purveyors));

(iii) Purveyors shall update and resubmit requests for waiver renewals as directed by the department; and

(iv) Failure to provide complete and accurate information in the waiver application shall be grounds for denial of the monitoring waiver.

(g) Purveyors with emergency and seasonal sources shall monitor those sources under the applicable requirements of this section when they are ((in use)) actively providing water to consumers.

(8) Unregulated chemicals.

(a) Unregulated inorganic contaminants. Purveyors of community and NTNC systems shall:

(i) Monitor for the unregulated inorganic chemicals listed in 40 CFR 141.40 (n)(12); ((and))

(ii) Comply with monitoring methods, frequencies, and sampling locations in accordance with 40 CFR 141.40 (n)(2) through 141.40 (n)(9) and 141.40 (n)(12)((.)); and

(iii) Apply in writing for a monitoring waiver according to the conditions outlined in 40 CFR 141.40 (n)(3), and the departmental procedures described in subsection (7)(f) of this section.

(((iv) Request the department to defer this monitoring if they are a system with less than one hundred fifty service connections.))

(b) Unregulated VOCs. Purveyors shall:

(i) Monitor in accordance with 40 CFR 141.40(e) and 141.40(j);

(ii) Comply with monitoring methods, frequency and sampling locations in accordance with 40 CFR 141.40(a) through 141.40(d), 141.40(g) and 141.40(i); and

(iii) Perform repeat monitoring for these compounds in accordance with 40 CFR 141.40(l).

(c) Unregulated SOCs. Purveyors shall:

(i) Monitor for the unregulated SOCs listed in 40 CFR 141.40 (n)(11); and

(ii) Comply with monitoring methods, frequencies, and sampling locations in accordance with 40 CFR 141.40 (n)(1) through 141.40 (n)(9).

Purveyors may request that the department defer this monitoring if a system has less than one hundred fifty service connections.

(d) Purveyors with emergency and seasonal sources shall monitor those sources ((when they are in use)) under the applicable requirements of this section whenever they are actively providing water to consumers.

(9) Radionuclides.

(a) The purveyor's monitoring requirements for gross alpha particle activity, radium-226 and radium-228 shall be:

(i) Community systems shall monitor once every forty-eight months. Compliance shall be based on the analysis of an annual composite of four consecutive quarterly samples or the average of the analyses of four samples obtained at quarterly intervals;

(ii) The purveyor may omit analysis for radium-226 and radium-228 if the gross alpha particle activity is less than five pCi/L; and

(iii) If the results of the initial analysis are less than half of the established MCL, the department may allow compliance with the monitoring requirements based on analysis of a single sample collected every forty-eight months.

(b) The purveyor's monitoring requirements for man-made radioactivity shall be:

(i) Purveyors of community systems using surface water sources and serving more than one hundred thousand persons and other department-designated water systems shall monitor for man-made radioactivity (beta particle and photon) every forty-eight months. Compliance shall be based on the analysis of a composite of four consecutive quarterly samples or the analysis of four quarterly samples; and

(ii) The purveyor of a water system located downstream from a nuclear facility as determined by the department, shall monitor once every three months for gross beta and iodine-131, and monitor once every twelve months for strontium-90 and tritium. The department may allow the substitution of environmental surveillance data taken in conjunction with a nuclear facility for direct monitoring of man-made radioactivity if the department determines that such data is applicable to a particular public water system.

(10) Other substances.

On the basis of public health concerns, the department may require the purveyor to monitor for additional substances.





TABLE 3



MONITORING LOCATION



Sample Type Sample Location
Asbestos One sample from distribution system or if required by department, from the source.
Bacteriological From representative points throughout distribution system.
Complete Inorganic Chemical & Physical From a point representative of the source, after treatment, and prior to entry to the distribution system.
Lead/Copper From the distribution system at targeted sample tap locations.
Nitrate/Nitrite From a point representative of the source, after treatment, and prior to entry to the distribution system.
((Turbidity- Surface Water From a location at or before the entry point to the distribution system.))
Total Trihalomethanes -Surface Water From ((representative)) points at extreme end, and at intermediate locations, in the distribution system from the source after treatment.
Potential Trihalomethanes -Ground Water From the source before treatment.
Radionuclides From the source.
Organic Chemicals (VOCs & SOCs) From a point representative of the source, after treatment and prior to entry to distribution system.
Other Substances (unregulated chemicals) From a point representative of the source, after treatment, and prior to entry to the distribution system, or as directed by the department.




[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-300, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-300, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 92-04-070 (Order 241B), § 246-290-300, filed 2/4/92, effective 3/6/92. Statutory Authority: Chapter 43.20 RCW. 91-07-031 (Order 150B), § 246-290-300, filed 3/15/91, effective 4/15/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-300, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-165, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-165, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-165, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-310  Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs). (1) General.

(a) The purveyor shall be responsible for complying with the standards of water quality identified in this section. If a substance exceeds its maximum contaminant level (MCL), the purveyor shall take follow-up action in accordance with WAC 246-290-320.

(b) When enforcing the standards described under this section, the department shall enforce compliance with the primary standards as its first priority.

(2) Bacteriological.

(a) MCLs under this subsection shall be considered primary standards.

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (1) of this section, if coliform presence is detected in any sample, the purveyor shall take follow-up action in accordance with WAC 246-290-320(2).

(c) Acute MCL. An acute MCL for coliform bacteria occurs when there is:

(i) Fecal coliform presence in a repeat sample;

(ii) E. coli presence in a repeat sample; or

(iii) Coliform presence in ((a set of)) any repeat samples collected as a follow-up to a sample with fecal coliform or E. coli presence.

(d) Nonacute MCL. A nonacute MCL for coliform bacteria occurs when:

(i) Systems taking less than forty routine samples during the month have more than one sample with coliform presence; or

(ii) Systems taking forty or more routine samples during the month have more than 5.0 percent with coliform presence.

(e) MCL compliance. The purveyor shall determine compliance with the coliform MCL for each month the system provides drinking water to the public. In determining MCL compliance, the purveyor shall:

(i) Include:

(A) Routine samples; and

(B) Repeat samples((; and

(C) Samples collected under WAC 246-290-300 (2)(d))).

(ii) Not include:

(A) Samples invalidated under WAC ((246-290-320 (2)(d))) 246-290-694 (1)(c); and

(B) Special purpose samples.

(3) Inorganic chemical and physical.

The primary and secondary MCLs are listed in Table 4 and 5:



TABLE 4

INORGANIC CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Substance Primary

MCLs (mg/L)

Antimony (Sb) 0.006
Arsenic (As) 0.05
Asbestos 7 million fibers/liter

(longer than 10

microns)

Barium (Ba) 2.0
Beryllium (Be) 0.004
Cadmium (Cd) 0.005
Chromium (Cr) 0.1
Copper (Cu) .*
Cyanide (HCN) 0.2
Fluoride (F) 4.0
Lead (Pb) .*
Mercury (Hg) 0.002
Nickel (Ni) 0.1
Nitrate (as N) 1 0.0
Nitrite (as N) 1.0
Selenium (Se) 0.05
Sodium (Na) .*
Thallium (Tl) 0.002



Substance


Secondary MCLs (mg/L)
Chloride (Cl) 25 0.0
Fluoride (F) 2.0
Iron (Fe) 0.3
Manganese (Mn) 0.05
Silver (Ag) 0.1
Sulfate (SO4) 25 0.0
Zinc (Zn) 5.0


.* Although the state board of health has not established MCLs for copper, lead, and sodium, there is enough public health significance connected with copper, lead, and sodium levels to require inclusion in inorganic chemical and physical source monitoring. For lead and copper, the EPA has established distribution system related levels at which a system is required to consider corrosion control. These levels, called "action levels," are 0.015 mg/L for lead and 1.3 mg/L for copper and are applied to the highest ten percent of all samples collected from the distribution system. The EPA has also established a recommended level of twenty mg/L for copper as a level of concern for those consumers that may be restricted for daily sodium intake in their diets.



TABLE 5

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

((Substance Primary MCL


Turbidity


1 NTU))


Substance


Secondary MCLs
Color 15 Color Units
((Hardness None established))
Specific Conductivity 700 umhos/cm
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 500 mg/L


(4) ((Turbidity.

(a) The department shall consider standards under this subsection primary standards.

(b) The MCL for turbidity is in effect for systems using surface water or GWI sources until the treatment technique requirements of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC become effective as listed in Table 9, 12, 13, or 14, whichever is applicable.

(c) The MCLs for turbidity are:

(i) 1.0 NTU, as determined by a monthly average of the daily turbidity, where the daily turbidity is defined as the average of the:

(A) Highest two hourly readings over a twenty-four hour period when continuous monitoring is used; or

(B) Daily grab samples taken the same hour every day when daily monitoring is used.

The department may increase the MCL to five NTUs if the purveyor can show the source is within a controlled watershed and the source meets the requirements under WAC 246-290-135.

(ii) 5.0 NTUs based on an average of the maximum daily turbidity for two consecutive days.

(5))) Trihalomethanes.

(a) The department shall consider standards under this subsection primary standards.

(b) The MCL for total trihalomethanes (TTHM) is 0.10 mg/L calculated on the basis of a running annual average of quarterly samples. The concentrations of each of the trihalomethane compounds (trichloromethane, dibromochloromethane, bromodichloromethane, and tribromomethane) are ((added together)) totaled to determine the TTHM level.

(c) There is no MCL for maximum total trihalomethane potential (MTTP). When the MTTP value exceeds 0.10 mg/L, the purveyor shall follow up as described under WAC 246-290-320(((5))) (6).

(((6))) (5) Radionuclides.

(a) The department shall consider standards under this subsection primary standards.

(b) The MCLs for radium-226, radium-228, and gross alpha particle radioactivity are:



TABLE 6

Substance MCL (pCi/L)
Radium-226 3
Combined Radium-226

and Radium-228

5
Gross alpha particle

activity (excluding uranium)

15


(c) The MCL for beta particle and photon radioactivity from man-made radionuclides is: The average annual concentration shall not produce an annual dose equivalent to the total body or any internal organ greater than four millirem/year.

NOTE: The department shall assume compliance with the four millirem/year dose limitation if the average annual concentration for gross beta activity, tritium, and strontium-90 are less than 50 pCi/L, 20,000 pCi/L, and 8 pCi/L respectively. When both tritium and strontium-90 are present, the sum of their annual dose equivalents to bone marrow shall not exceed four millirem/year.

(((7))) (6) Organic chemicals.

(a) The department shall consider standards under this subsection primary standards.

(b) VOCs.

(i) The MCLs for VOCs shall be as listed in 40 CFR 141-61(a).

(ii) The department shall determine compliance with this subsection based on compliance with 40 CFR 141.24(f).

(c) SOCs.

(i) MCLs for SOCs shall be as listed in 40 CFR 141.61(c).

(ii) The department shall determine compliance with this subsection based on compliance with 40 CFR 141.24(h).

(((8))) (7) Other chemicals.

(a) The state board of health shall determine maximum contaminant levels for any additional substances.

(b) Purveyors may be directed by the department to comply with state advisory levels (SALs) for contaminants that do not have a MCL established in chapter 246-290 WAC. SALs shall be:

(i) MCLs ((which)) that have been promulgated by the EPA, but which have not yet been adopted by the state board of health; or

(ii) State board of health adopted levels for substances recommended by the department and not having an EPA established MCL. A listing of these may be found in the department document titled Procedures and References for the Determination of State Advisory Levels for Drinking Water Contaminants dated ((March 1991, which)) June 1996, that has been approved by the state board of health and is available ((on request)).



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-310, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-310, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 92-04-070 (Order 241B), § 246-290-310, filed 2/4/92, effective 3/6/92. Statutory Authority: Chapter 43.20 RCW. 91-07-031 (Order 150B), § 246-290-310, filed 3/15/91, effective 4/15/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-310, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-175, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-175, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-175, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-320  Follow-up action. (1) General.

(a) When an MCL violation occurs, the purveyor shall take follow-up action as described in this section.

(b) When a primary standard violation occurs, the purveyor shall:

(i) Notify the department in accordance with WAC 246-290-480;

(ii) Notify the consumers served by the system in accordance with WAC ((246-290-330)) 246-290-495;

(iii) Determine the cause of the contamination; and

(iv) Take action as directed by the department.

(c) When a secondary standard violation occurs, the purveyor shall notify the department and take action as directed by the department.

(d) The department may require additional sampling for confirmation of results. ((A department guideline on confirmation sampling titled Inorganic and Organic Monitoring Plans is available on request.))

(2) Bacteriological.

(a) When coliform bacteria are present in any sample and the sample is not invalidated under (d) of this subsection, the purveyor shall ensure the following actions are taken:

(i) The sample is analyzed for fecal coliform or E. coli. When a sample with a coliform presence is not analyzed for E. coli or fecal coliforms, the sample shall be considered as having a fecal coliform presence for MCL compliance purposes;

(ii) Repeat samples are collected in accordance with (b) of this subsection;

(iii) The department is notified in accordance with WAC 246-290-480; and

(iv) The cause of the coliform presence is determined and corrected.

(b) Repeat samples.

(i) The purveyor shall collect repeat samples in order to confirm the original sample results and to determine the cause of the coliform presence. Additional treatment, such as batch or shock chlorination, shall not be instituted prior to the collection of repeat samples unless prior authorization is given by the department. Following collection of repeat samples, and before the analytical results are known, there may be a need to provide interim precautionary treatment or other means to insure public health protection. The purveyor shall contact the department to determine the best interim approach in this situation.

(ii) The purveyor shall collect and submit for analysis a set of repeat samples for every sample in which the presence of coliforms is detected. A set of repeat coliform samples consists of:

(A) Four repeat samples for systems collecting one routine coliform sample each month; or

(B) Three repeat samples for all systems collecting more than one routine coliform sample each month.

(((ii))) (iii) The purveyor shall collect repeat sample sets according to Table 7;

(((iii))) (iv) The purveyor shall collect one set of repeat samples for each sample with a coliform presence. All samples in a set of repeat samples shall be collected on the same day and submitted for analysis within twenty-four hours after notification by the laboratory of a coliform presence((. If the purveyor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the department, that logistical problems beyond the purveyor's control make analysis of the samples in the repeat sample set impractical because the time between sample collection and analysis will exceed thirty hours, then the purveyor shall collect the required set of repeat samples)), or as directed by the department.

(((iv))) (v) When repeat samples have coliform presence, the purveyor shall:

(A) Contact the department and collect a minimum of one additional set of repeat samples as directed by the department; or

(B) Collect one additional set of repeat samples for each sample where coliform presence was detected.

(((v))) (vi) The purveyor of a system providing water to consumers via a single service shall collect repeat samples from the same location as the sample with a coliform presence. The set of repeat samples shall be collected:

(A) On the same collection date; ((or))

(B) Over consecutive days with one sample collected each day until the required samples in the set of repeat samples are collected; or

(C) As directed by the department.

(((vi))) (vii) If a sample with a coliform presence was collected from the first two or last two active services, the purveyor shall monitor as directed by the department;

(((vii))) (viii) The purveyor may change a previously submitted routine sample to a sample in a set of repeat samples when the purveyor:

(A) Collects the sample within five adjacent service connections of the location from which the initial sample with a coliform presence was collected;

(B) Collects the sample after the initial sample with a coliform presence was submitted for analysis;

(C) Collects the sample on the same day as other samples in the set of repeat samples, except under (b)(((iii))) (iv) of this subsection; and

(D) ((Notifies)) Requests and receives approval from the department ((of)) for the change.

(((viii))) (ix) The department may determine that sets of repeat samples specified under this subsection are not necessary during a month when a nonacute coliform MCL violation is determined for the system.



Table 7

REPEAT SAMPLE REQUIREMENTS



((((system group

()))) # of routine

samples collected

each month(((()))))

# of samples

in a set of

repeat

samples

locations for repeat

samples

(collect at least one

sample per site)



((((group a

()))) 1 ((((routine sample

each month)))))



4
Site of previous sample with a coliform presence

Within 5 active services upstream of site of sample with a coliform presence

Within 5 active services downstream of site of sample with a coliform presence

At any other active service or from a location most susceptible to contamination (i.e., well or reservoir)



((((group a

()))) more than 1

((((routine sample

each month))))



3
Site of previous sample with a coliform presence

Within 5 active services upstream of site of sample with a coliform presence

Within 5 active services downstream of site of sample with a coliform presence



((((group b


2
Site of the previous

sample with a coliform

presence

From active service other

than the site of the

previous sample with a

coliform presence))))



(c) Monitoring frequency following a coliform presence. Systems having one or more coliform presence samples that were not invalidated during the previous month shall collect and submit for analysis the minimum number of samples shown in the last column of Table 2.

(i) The ((department may reduce)) purveyor may obtain a reduction in the monitoring frequency requirement when one or more samples with a coliform presence were collected during the previous month, if the purveyor proves to the satisfaction of the department;

(A) The cause of the sample with a coliform presence; and

(B) The problem is corrected before the end of the next month the system provides water to the public.

(ii) If the ((department reduces this)) monitoring frequency requirement((:

(A))) is reduced, the purveyor shall collect and submit at least the minimum number of samples required when no samples with a coliform presence were collected during the previous month((; and

(B) The department shall make available a written description explaining:

(I) The specific cause of the coliform presence; and

(II) Action taken by the purveyor to correct the cause of coliform presence)).

(d) Invalid samples. Coliform samples may be determined to be invalid under any of the following conditions:

(i) ((The department shall consider coliform samples with no coliform presence detected invalid when)) a certified laboratory determines that the sample results show:

(A) Multiple tube technique cultures that are turbid without appropriate gas production;

(B) Presence-absence technique cultures that are turbid in the absence of an acid reaction;

(C) ((There are)) Occurrence of confluent growth patterns or growth of TNTC (too numerous to count) colonies without a surface sheen using a membrane filter analytic technique; ((or

(D))) (ii) The analyzing laboratory determines there is excess debris in the sample.

(((ii) The department may invalidate a coliform sample when:

(A))) (iii) The analyzing laboratory establishes that improper sample collection or analysis occurred;

(((B))) (iv) The department determines that a ((domestic or)) nondistribution system problem ((is)) has occurred as indicated by:

(((I))) (A) All samples in the set of repeat samples collected at the same location, including households, as the original coliform presence sample also are coliform presence; and

(((II))) (B) All other samples from different locations (households, etc.) in the set of repeat samples are free of coliform.

(((C))) (v) The department determines a coliform presence result is due to a circumstance or condition ((which)) that does not reflect water quality in the distribution system. ((In this case, when the department invalidates a sample:

(I) The purveyor shall collect a set of repeat samples following the sample invalidation in accordance with Table 7; and

(II) The department's rationale for invalidating the sample shall be documented in writing and made available to the public. The documentation shall state the specific cause of the coliform presence, and what action the purveyor has taken, or will take.

(iii) When a coliform sample is determined invalid, the purveyor shall collect and submit for analysis:

(A))) (e) Follow-up action when an invalid sample is determined. The purveyor shall take the following action when a coliform sample is determined to be invalid:

(i) Collect and submit for analysis an additional coliform sample from the same location as each invalid sample within twenty-four hours of notification of the invalid sample; or

(((B) Additional coliform)) (ii) In the event that it is determined that the invalid sample resulted from circumstances or conditions not reflective of distribution system water quality, collect a set of samples in accordance with Table 7; and

(iii) Collect and submit for analysis samples as directed by the department.

(((iv) When the department or laboratory invalidates a sample, the sample shall not count towards the purveyor's minimum coliform monitoring requirements.))

(f) Invalidated samples shall not be included in determination of the sample collection requirement for compliance with this chapter.

(3) Inorganic chemical and physical follow-up monitoring shall be conducted in accordance with the following:

(a) For nonnitrate/nitrite primary inorganic chemicals, 40 CFR 141.23 (a)(4), 141.23 (b)(8), 141.23 (c)(7), 141.23 (f)(1), 141.23(g), 141.23(m) and 141.23(n);

(b) For nitrate, 40 CFR 141.23 (a)(4), 141.23 (d)(2), 141.23 (d)(3), 141.23 (f)(2), 141.23(g), 141.23(m), 141.23(n), and 141.23(o); ((or))

(c) For nitrite, 40 CFR 141.23 (a)(4), 141.23 (e)(3), 141.23 (f)(2), and 141.23(g); or

(d) The purveyor of any public water system providing service that has secondary inorganic MCL exceedances shall take follow-up action as required by the department. Follow-up action shall be commensurate with the degree of consumer acceptance of the water quality and their willingness to bear the costs of meeting the secondary standard. For new community water systems and new nontransient noncommunity water systems without active consumers, treatment for secondary contaminant MCL exceedances will be required.

(4) Lead and copper follow-up monitoring shall be conducted in accordance with 40 CFR 141.85(d), 141.86 (d)(2), 141.86 (d)(3), 141.87(d) and 141.88(b) through 141.88(d).

(5) Turbidity.

(((a) Purveyors using sources not subject to Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC and monitoring turbidity in accordance with WAC 246-290-300(4), shall notify the department as soon as possible, but in no case later than the end of the next business day, when:

(i) The turbidity is monitored continuously, and exceeds 1.0 NTU for longer than one hour; or

(ii) The results of turbidity analysis of grab samples exceeds 1.0 NTU, and a repeat sample taken within one hour also exceeds 1.0 NTU.

(b))) Purveyors monitoring turbidity in accordance with Part 6 of this chapter ((246-290 WAC)) shall provide follow-up in accordance with WAC 246-290-634.

(6) Trihalomethanes. When the average of all samples taken during any twelve-month period exceeds the MCL for total trihalomethanes, the violation is confirmed and the purveyor shall take corrective action as required by the department. When the maximum trihalomethane potential (MTTP) result is equal to or greater than 0.10 mg/L and the result is confirmed by a repeat sample, the purveyor shall monitor ((according to WAC 246-290-300(5) for one year or more)) and take action as directed by the department.

(7) Organic chemicals. Follow-up monitoring shall be conducted in accordance with the following:

(a) For VOCs, 40 CFR 141.24 (f)(11) through 141.24 (f)(15); or

(b) For SOCs, 40 CFR 141.24(b), 141.24(c) and 141.24 (h)(7) through 141.24 (h)(11).

(8) Unregulated inorganic and organic chemicals.

(a) Follow-up monitoring shall be conducted in accordance with 40 CFR 141.40 (n)(8) and 141.40 (n)(9).

(b) When an unregulated chemical is verified at a concentration above the detection limit, the purveyor shall:

(i) Submit the sample analysis results to the department within seven days of receipt from the laboratory; and

(ii) Sample the source a minimum of once every three months for one year and then annually thereafter during the three-month period when the highest previous measurement occurred.

(c) If the department determines that an unregulated chemical is verified at a level greater than a SAL, the department shall notify the purveyor in writing. The purveyor shall repeat sample the source as soon as possible after initial department notice that a SAL has been exceeded. The purveyor shall submit the analysis results to the department within seven days of receipt from the laboratory. If any repeat sample confirms that a SAL has been exceeded, the purveyor shall:

(i) Provide consumer information in accordance with WAC ((246-290-330 (5)(b))) 246-290-495;

(ii) Investigate the cause of the contamination; and

(iii) Take follow-up or corrective action as required by the department.

(d) The department may reduce the purveyor's monitoring requirement for a source detecting an unregulated chemical if the source has been monitored annually for at least three years, and all analysis results are less than the SAL.

(9) The department shall determine the purveyor's follow-up action when a substance not included in this chapter is detected.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-320, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-320, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 92-04-070 (Order 241B), § 246-290-320, filed 2/4/92, effective 3/6/92. Statutory Authority: Chapter 43.20 RCW. 91-07-031 (Order 150B), § 246-290-320, filed 3/15/91, effective 4/15/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-320, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-185, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-185, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-185, filed 9/8/83.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-415  Operations and maintenance. (1) The purveyor shall ensure that the system is operated in accordance with the operations and maintenance program as established in the approved water system plan required under WAC 246-290-100 or the small water system management program under WAC 246-290-105.

(2) The operations and maintenance program shall include the following elements as applicable:

(a) Water system management and personnel;

(b) Operator certification;

(c) Comprehensive monitoring plan for all contaminants under WAC 246-290-300;

(d) Emergency response program;

(e) Cross-connection control program; and

(f) Maintenance of service reliability in accordance with WAC 246-290-420.

(3) The purveyor shall ensure that the system is operated in accordance with good operations procedures such as those available in texts, handbooks, and manuals available from the following sources:

(a) American Water Works Association (AWWA), 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235;

(b) American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York 10017-2398;

(c) Ontario Ministry of the Environment, 135 St. Clair Avenue West, Toronto, Ontario M4V1B5, Canada;

(d) The Chlorine Institute, 2001 "L" Street NW, Washington, D.C. 20036;

(e) California State University, 600 "J" Street, Sacramento, California 95819;

(f) Health Research Inc., Health Education Services Division, P.O. Box 7126, Albany, New York 12224; and

(g) Any other standards acceptable to the department.

(4) The purveyor shall not establish or maintain a bypass to divert water around any feature of a treatment process, except by written approval from the department.

(5) The purveyor shall take preventive or corrective action as directed by the department when results of an inspection conducted by the department indicate conditions which are currently or may become a detriment to system operation.

(6) The purveyor of a system using surface water or GWI shall meet operational requirements specified in Part 6 of this chapter.

(7) The purveyor shall have a certified operator if required under chapter 70.119 RCW and chapter 246-292 WAC.

(8) The purveyor shall at all times employ reasonable security measures to assure the raw water intake facilities, water treatment processes, water storage facilities, and the distribution system are protected from possible damage or compromise by unauthorized persons, animals, vegetation, or similar intruding agents. Such measures include elements such as locks on hatches, fencing of facilities, screening of reservoir vents or openings, and other recommendations as may be found in the current edition of the Recommended Standards for Water Works, A Committee Report of the Great Lakes - Upper Mississippi River Board of State Public Health and Environmental Managers.

(9) All purveyors utilizing ground water wells shall monitor well levels from ground level to the static water level on a seasonal basis, including low demand and high demand periods, to document the continuing availability of the source to meet projected, long-term demands. Purveyors shall maintain this data and provide it to the department upon request.

(10) All operation and maintenance practices shall conform to Part 5 of this chapter.



[]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-416  Sanitary surveys. (1) All public water systems shall submit to a sanitary survey conducted by the department, or the department's designee, based upon the following schedule:

(a) For community and nontransient noncommunity water systems, every five years, or more frequently as determined by the department. The sanitary surveys shall be consistent with the schedules presented in 40 CFR 141.21; and

(b) For transient noncommunity water systems, every five years unless the system uses only disinfected ground water and has an approved wellhead protection program, in which case the survey shall be every ten years. The sanitary surveys shall be conducted consistent with schedules presented in 40 CFR 141.21.

(2) All public water system purveyors shall be responsible for:

(a) Ensuring cooperation in scheduling sanitary surveys with the department, or its designee; and

(b) Ensuring the unrestricted availability of all facilities and records at the time of the sanitary survey.



[]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-420  Reliability and emergency response. (1) All public water systems shall provide an adequate quantity and quality of water in a reliable manner ((at all times.

(a) In determining whether a proposed public water system or an expansion or modification of an existing system is capable of providing an adequate quantity of water, the department shall consider the immediate as well as the reasonably anticipated future needs of the system's consumers.

(b) In determining whether an existing public water system is providing an adequate quantity of water, the department shall consider the needs of the system's existing consumers exclusively, unless, in the department's discretion, consideration of the needs of potential consumers is in the public interest.

(2) The purveyor shall ensure the system is constructed, operated, and maintained to protect against failures of the power supply, treatment process, equipment, or structure with appropriate back-up facilities. Security measures shall be employed to assure the water source, water treatment processes, water storage facilities, and the distribution system are under the strict control of the purveyor)) consistent with the requirements of this chapter and the service expectations of the system's consumers. Reliability shall include consideration for both public health protection and the level of service that meets the expectations of the system consumers under both normal and abnormal operations.

(2) During routine operating conditions, for both average and peak demand periods, water pressure at the consumer's service meter, or property line if a meter is not used, shall be maintained at the approved design pressure, but in no case be less than 20 psi (140 kPa). Water quality shall be maintained as required in Part 4 and Part 6 of this chapter.

(3) ((Where)) When fire flow is required, ((a)) 20 psi (140 Kpa) at the operating hydrant and at least positive pressure ((at the water meter or property line)) shall be maintained throughout the system under fire flow conditions.

(4) ((Water pressure at the customer's service meter or property line if a meter is not used shall be maintained at the approved design pressure under peak hourly design flow conditions. In no case shall the pressure be less than twenty psi.

(5) Water use restrictions as a designed operation practice shall not be allowed. However, water use restrictions may be allowed in times of drought.

(6) No intake or other connection shall be maintained between a public water system and a source of water not approved by the department.

(7))) The purveyor shall address abnormal operating conditions, such as those associated with fires, floods, power outages, facility failures, and system maintenance, by using measures consistent with applicable regulations and industry standards to ensure the system is constructed, maintained, and/or operated to protect against the risk of contamination by cross-connections as a result of loss of system pressure. Procedures for system operation during abnormal operating conditions shall be documented in an operations and maintenance and emergency response program in accordance with WAC 246-290-415 and shall be implemented in a timely and reasonable manner.

(5) The purveyor shall incorporate all appropriate measures necessary to meet the level of reliability for normal or abnormal conditions established by a simple majority of the affected consumers within the system's service area, or within specific, definable pressure zones when different levels of service may be encountered. The level of consumer acceptance shall be identified in the operations and maintenance program and incorporated into the water system design. A simple majority of consumers can be associated with either a vote of the consumers for privately owned and operated systems, or of the system's governing body, such as council, board, or commission, for publicly governed systems.

(6) If a purveyor is unable to satisfactorily address departmental concerns or consumer complaints regarding the level of reliability and pending a departmental evaluation of the nature, scope, and extent of the problem, the purveyor may be required to prepare a project report that addresses an evaluation of the problem, impacts on affected consumers, and recommended corrective action. Improvements will be required commensurate with the affected consumers' willingness to bear the cost of the improvement associated with level of service expectations. Improvements associated with public health protection will be based upon the determinations of the project report and will not be subject to consumer acceptance processes.

(7) Restrictions on designed, or historically documented, normal water uses shall not be allowed except under the following conditions:

(a) Whenever there is clear evidence that, unless limitations are imposed, water use at normal levels will lead to a relatively rapid depletion of water source reserves, such as in drought situations or when significant facility failures occur;

(b) Whenever a water system observes that demands for water exceed the available supply, as a result of such events as miscalculated planning, inattentive operation, or unforeseen problems with sources, and that limitations would be necessary to insure basic levels of service while additional sources were being sought or developed, or the situation was being otherwise remedied; or

(c) Whenever the water system institutes restrictions as part of a water conservation program which has been accepted by the system consumers through appropriate public decision-making processes within existing governance mechanisms, or has been mandated under state regulatory authority.

(8) A purveyor shall provide the department with the current names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the owners, operators, and emergency contact persons for the system, including any changes to this information. The purveyor shall also maintain twenty-four-hour phone availability and shall respond to ((customer)) consumer concerns and service complaints in a timely manner.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-420, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-420, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-201, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-201, filed 2/17/88.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-451  Disinfection of drinking water. (1) No portion of a public water system containing potable water shall be put into service, nor shall service be resumed until the facility has been effectively disinfected.

(a) In cases of new construction, drinking water shall not be furnished to the consumer until satisfactory bacteriological samples have been analyzed by a laboratory certified by the state; and

(b) In cases of existing water mains, when the integrity of the main is lost resulting in a significant loss of pressure that places the main at risk to cross-connection contamination, the purveyor shall use standard industry practices such as flushing, disinfection, and/or bacteriological sampling to ensure adequate and safe water quality prior to the return of the line to service;

(c) If a cross-connection is confirmed, the purveyor shall satisfy the reporting requirements as described under WAC 246-290-490(6).

(2) The procedure used for disinfection shall conform to standards published by the American Water Works Association, or other industry standards acceptable to the department.

(3) The purveyor of a system using ground water and required to disinfect, shall meet the following disinfection requirements, unless otherwise directed by the department:

(a) Minimum contact time at a point at or before the first consumer of:

(i) Thirty minutes if 0.2 mg/L free chlorine residual is maintained;

(ii) Ten minutes if 0.6 mg/L free chlorine residual is maintained; or

(iii) Any combination of free chlorine residual concentration (C), measured in mg/L, and contact time (T), measured in minutes, that results in a CT product (C X T) of greater than or equal to six; or

(iv) Contact time (T) for surface water or GWI sources shall be determined in accordance with WAC 246-290-636.

(b) Detectable residual disinfectant concentration in all active parts of the distribution system, measured as total chlorine, free chlorine, combined chlorine, or chlorine dioxide;

(c) Water in the distribution system with an HPC level less than or equal to five hundred/mL is considered to have a detectable residual disinfectant concentration.

(4) The department may require the purveyor to provide longer contact times, higher chlorine residuals, or additional treatment to protect the health of consumers served by the public water system.

(5) The purveyor of a system using surface water or GWI shall meet disinfection requirements specified in Part 6 of this chapter.

(6) The purveyor of a system providing ground water disinfection shall monitor residual disinfectant concentration at representative points in the system on a daily basis, and at the same time and location of routine and repeat coliform sample collection. Frequency of disinfection residual monitoring may be reduced upon written request to the department if it can be shown that disinfection residuals can be maintained on a reliable basis without the provision of daily monitoring.

(7) The analyses shall be conducted in accordance with "standard methods." To assure adequate monitoring of chlorine residual, the department may require the use of continuous chlorine residual analyzers and recorders.



[]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-455  Operation of chemical contaminant treatment facilities. (1) Purveyors shall ensure finished drinking water from chemical contaminant treatment facilities complies with the minimum water quality standards established in WAC 246-290-310. This section does not apply to facilities used only for corrosion control treatment purposes.

(2) The purveyor shall collect finished drinking water samples at a point directly downstream of the treatment system prior to the first consumer on a monthly basis.

(a) Finished drinking water samples from treatment systems utilized for removal of contaminants with established primary MCLs shall be submitted to a certified laboratory for analysis of the specific contaminant(s) of concern.

(b) Finished drinking water samples from treatment systems utilized for removal of contaminants with established secondary MCLs shall be submitted to a certified laboratory for analysis or analyzed for the specific contaminant(s) of concern by the purveyor through department-approved on-site methods.

(c) Additional finished drinking water monitoring may be required by the department based on the complexity or size of the water system.

(3) If primary MCLs following treatment are exceeded in four or more months of a consecutive twelve-month compliance period, the purveyor shall submit a project report to the department that addresses the failure to maintain compliance. The project report shall include methods and schedules to correct the treatment deficiency and/or indicate schedules for implementing an alternate source of supply or an effective treatment technology.

(4) If secondary MCLs following treatment are exceeded in four or more months of a consecutive twelve-month compliance period, the purveyor shall take action per WAC 246-290-320 (3)(d).



[]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 124B, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91)



WAC 246-290-460  Fluoridation of drinking water. (1) Purveyors shall obtain written department approval of fluoridation treatment facilities before placing them in service.

(2) Where fluoridation is practiced, ((the concentration of fluoride shall be maintained)) purveyors shall maintain fluoride concentrations in the range 0.8 through 1.3 mg/L((. Determination of fluoride concentration shall be made daily, and reports of such analyses shall be submitted to the department, in a format acceptable to the department, within ten days of the end of the reporting month. Such analyses shall be made in accordance with procedures listed in the most recently published edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water.

(2) Monthly check samples shall be taken downstream, at the first sample tap where adequate mixing has taken place, from each fluoride injection point. These samples should be taken at the same place and time as the routine daily check samples. The samples along with a completed form shall be sent to the state public health laboratory, or a laboratory certified by the state, to test fluoride. A comparison of the results should then be made between samples analyzed in the field and the appropriate monthly check sample to assure the results are equivalent and field equipment is operating properly. An increased sampling schedule may be applied by the department if necessary to assure the adequacy and consistency of fluoridation)) throughout the distribution system.

(3) Where fluoridation is practiced, purveyors shall take the following actions to ensure that concentrations remain at optimal levels and that fluoridation facilities and monitoring equipment are operating properly:

(a) Daily monitoring.

(i) Take daily monitoring samples for each point of fluoride addition and analyze the fluoride concentration. Samples must be taken downstream from each fluoride injection point at the first sample tap where adequate mixing has occurred.

(ii) Record the results of daily analyses in a monthly report format acceptable to the department. A report must be made for each point of fluoride addition.

(iii) Submit monthly monitoring reports to the department within the first ten days of the month following the month in which the samples were collected.

(b) Monthly split sampling.

(i) Take a monthly split sample at the same location where routine daily monitoring samples are taken. A monthly split sample must be taken for each point of fluoride addition.

(ii) Analyze a portion of the sample and record the results on the lab sample submittal form and on the monthly report form.

(iii) Forward the remainder of the sample, along with the completed sample form to the state public health laboratory, or other state-certified laboratory, for fluoride analysis.

(iv) If a split sample is found by the certified lab to be:

(A) Not within the range of 0.8 to 1.3 mg/l, the purveyor's fluoridation process shall be considered out of compliance.

(B) Differing by more than 0.30 mg/l from the purveyor's analytical result, the purveyor's fluoride testing shall be considered out of control.

(4) Purveyors shall conduct analyses prescribed in subsection (3) of this section in accordance with procedures listed in the most recent edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.

(5) The purveyor may be required by the department to increase the frequency, and/or change the location of sampling prescribed in subsection (3) of this section to ensure the adequacy and consistency of fluoridation.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-460, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-235, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-235, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-470  Uncovered distribution reservoirs. (1) Existing uncovered distribution reservoirs shall be operated based on a plan of operation approved by the department.

(2) Purveyors with uncovered distribution reservoirs shall have a department-approved plan and schedule to cover all reservoirs on file with the department.

(3) The plan of operation shall address the following elements as a minimum:

(((1))) (a) Assurance of the means and levels associated with the provision of continuous disinfection at all times water is being delivered to the public, including the reliability provisions outlined in WAC 246-290-420;

(((2))) (b) Description of the means for control of debris ((and undesirable growths of algae or other aquatic organisms;

(3) Control of surface water runoff;

(4) Control of airborne contamination (atmospheric or avian-borne);

(5))), algal, or other aquatic organism growths, surface water runoff, and atmospheric or avian-borne airborne contamination;

(c) Procedures for ensuring that construction will not lead to reservoir contamination;

(((6))) (d) Provisions for ensuring adequate security measures are provided; and

(((7))) (e) Any required, or department-directed, monitoring and reporting.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-470, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-470, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91; 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-245, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-480  Recordkeeping and reporting. (1) Records. The purveyor shall keep the following records of operation and water quality analyses:

(a) Bacteriological and turbidity analysis results shall be kept for five years. Chemical analysis results shall be kept for as long as the system is in operation. Records of daily source meter readings shall be kept for ten years. Other records of operation and analyses required by the department shall be kept for three years. All records shall bear the signature of the operator in responsible charge of the water system or his or her representative. Systems shall keep these records available for inspection by the department and shall send the records to the department if requested. Actual laboratory reports may be kept or data may be transferred to tabular summaries, provided the following information is included:

(i) The date, place, and time of sampling, and the name of the person collecting the sample;

(ii) Identification of the sample type (routine distribution system sample, repeat sample, source or finished water sample, or other special purpose sample);

(iii) Date of analysis;

(iv) Laboratory and person responsible for performing analysis;

(v) The analytical method used; and

(vi) The results of the analysis.

(b) Records of action taken by the system to correct violations of primary drinking water standards. For each violation, copies of public notifications shall be kept for three years after the last corrective action taken.

(c) Copies of any written reports, summaries, or communications((,)) relating to ((CSEs)) sanitary surveys or SPIs of the system conducted by system personnel, by a consultant or by any local, state, or federal agency, shall be kept for ten years after completion of the ((CSE)) sanitary survey or SPI involved.

(d) Copies of project reports, construction documents((,)) and related drawings, inspection reports and approvals shall be kept for the life of the facility.

(e) Where applicable, daily records ((including)) of the following shall be kept for a minimum of three years:

(i) Chlorine residual;

(ii) Fluoride level;

(iii) Water treatment plant performance including, but not limited to:

(A) Type of chemicals used and quantity((,));

(B) Amount of water treated((,)); and

(C) Results of analyses.

(iv) Turbidity;

(v) Source meter readings; and

(vi) Other information as specified by the department.

(2) Reporting.

(a) Unless otherwise specified in this chapter, the purveyor shall report to the department within forty-eight hours:

(i) The failure to comply with the primary standards or treatment technique requirements under this chapter;

(ii) The failure to comply with the monitoring requirements under this chapter; and

(iii) The violation of a primary MCL.

(b) The purveyor shall submit to the department reports required by this chapter, including tests, measurements, and analytic reports. Monthly reports are due before the tenth day of the following month, unless otherwise specified in this chapter.

(c) ((Daily)) The purveyor shall submit to the department copies of any written summaries or communications relating to the status of monitoring waivers during each monitoring cycle or as directed by the department.

(d) Source meter readings shall be made available to the department ((on request)).

(((d))) (e) Water facilities inventory ((and report)) form (WFI).

(i) Purveyors of community and NTNC systems shall submit an annual WFI update to the department;

(ii) Purveyors of ((NTNC and)) TNC systems shall submit an updated WFI to the department as requested;

(iii) Purveyors shall submit an updated WFI to the department within thirty days of any change in name, category, ownership, or responsibility for management of the water system, or addition of source or storage facilities; and

(iv) At a minimum the completed WFI shall provide the current names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the owners, operators, and emergency contact persons for the system.

(((e))) (v) Purveyors shall provide on the WFI total annual water production((. Purveyors shall report total annual water production for each source to the department upon request.

(f))) and use, including:

(i) Total annual water production for each source;

(ii) Monthly and annual totals for water purchased from or sold to other purveyors; and

(iii) For purveyors with more than one thousand service connections, monthly and annual totals for purveyor consumer classes. Monthly data may be estimated if the water system bills less frequently than monthly.

(f) Bacteriological.

(i) The purveyor shall notify the department of the presence of:

(A) Coliform in a sample, within ten days of notification by the laboratory; and

(B) Fecal coliform or E. coli in a sample, by the end of the business day in which the purveyor is notified by the laboratory. If the purveyor is notified of the results after normal close of business, then the purveyor shall notify the department before the end of the next business day.

(ii) When a coliform MCL violation is determined, the purveyor shall:

(A) Notify the department within twenty-four hours of determining acute coliform MCL violations; and

(B) Notify the department before the end of the next business day when a nonacute coliform MCL is determined((; and

(C) Notify water system users in accordance with WAC 246-290-330.

(iii) When a monitoring violation occurs, including invalid or expired CSEs, the purveyor shall:

(A) Notify the department of the violation within ten days; and

(B) Notify water system users in accordance with WAC 246-290-330)).

(g) Systems monitoring for unregulated VOCs in accordance with WAC 246-290-300 (((8)(b))) (9), shall send a copy of the results of such monitoring and any public notice to the department within thirty days of receipt of analytical results.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-480, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-480, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93; 92-04-070 (Order 241B), § 246-290-480, filed 2/4/92, effective 3/6/92; 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-480, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-265, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-265, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-265, filed 9/8/83.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 124B, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91)



WAC 246-290-490  Cross-connection control. (((1) General.

(a) Purveyors have the responsibility to protect public water systems from contamination due to cross-connections. Cross-connections which can be eliminated shall be eliminated. The purveyor shall work cooperatively with local authorities to eliminate or control potential cross-connections.

(b) The purveyor shall develop and implement a cross-connection control program acceptable to the department. The scope and complexity of the program shall be directly related to the size of the system and the potential public health risk. A department guideline titled Planning Handbook is available to assist the utility in developing this program. The most recently published edition of the manual titled Accepted Procedure and Practice in Cross Connection Control - Pacific Northwest Section - American Waterworks Association shall be used as a resource to establish:

(i) Minimum cross-connection control operating policies;

(ii) Backflow prevention assembly installation practices;

(iii) Backflow prevention assembly testing procedures; and

(iv) Enforcement authority.

Purveyors and local authorities shall have the option of establishing more stringent requirements.

(c) The purpose of a cross-connection control program is to protect the health of water consumers and the potability of the public water system by assuring:

(i) The inspection and regulation of plumbing in existing and proposed piping networks; and

(ii) The proper installation and surveillance of backflow prevention assemblies when actual or potential cross-connections exist and cannot be eliminated.

(d) The cross-connection control program shall be included in the water system's plan under WAC 248-54-065 or small water system management program as outlined under WAC 248-54-196, whichever is appropriate.

(e) When an existing cross-connection poses a potential health or system hazard, the purveyor shall shut off water service to the premises until the cross-connection has been eliminated or controlled by the installation of a proper backflow prevention assembly. The cross-connection control program manager for the department shall be notified when a service has been shut off.

(2) Backflow prevention assembly installation and testing.

(a) If a cross-connection cannot be eliminated, then:

(i) An air-gap separation, reduced pressure principle backflow prevention assembly (RPBA) or a reduced pressure principle detector backflow prevention assembly (RPDA) shall be installed if the cross-connection creates an actual or potential health or system hazard.

(ii) An air-gap separation, RPBA, RPDA, double-check valve backflow prevention assembly (DCVA), or double-check detector backflow prevention assembly (DCDA) shall be installed if the cross-connection is objectionable, but does not pose an unreasonable risk to health.

(iii) A pressure vacuum breaker assembly (PVBA) or an atmospheric vacuum breaker may be installed where the substance which could backflow is objectionable but does not pose an unreasonable risk to health and where there is no possibility of backpressure in the downstream piping.

(iv) Backflow prevention assemblies, appropriate for the degree of hazard or air gaps and in some cases both, shall be installed at the service connection or within the following facilities, unless in the judgment of the water purveyor and the department, no hazard exists: Hospitals, mortuaries, clinics, laboratories, piers and docks, sewage treatment plants, food and beverage processing plants, chemical plants using water process, metal plating industries, petroleum processing or storage plants, radioactive material processing plants or nuclear reactors, car washes, facilities having a nonpotable auxiliary water supply, and others specified by the department.

(b) All installed RPBA's, RPDA's, DCVA's, DCDA's, and PVBA's shall be models included on the current list of backflow assemblies, approved for installation in Washington state, and maintained and published by the department. Backflow prevention assemblies in service, but not listed, shall remain in service provided the backflow prevention assemblies:

(i) Are listed on the current Washington state-approved cross-connection control assembly list at the time of installation;

(ii) Are properly maintained;

(iii) Are of a type appropriate for the degree of hazard; and

(iv) Are tested and successfully pass the test annually.

When unlisted assemblies are moved or require more than minimum maintenance, the unlisted assemblies shall be replaced by an assembly listed on the current approved model list.

(c) All air gaps and backflow prevention assemblies shall be installed in accordance with the cross-connection control manual referenced under WAC 248-54-285 (1)(b) of this section.

(d) The purveyor may permit the substitution of a properly installed air gap in lieu of an approved backflow prevention assembly. All such air gap substitutions shall be inspected annually by a Washington state certified backflow assembly tester.

(e) A Washington state certified backflow assembly tester shall inspect and test all:

(i) RPBA's,

(ii) RPDA's,

(iii) DCVA's,

(iv) DCDA's,

(v) New PVBA installations, and

(vi) Existing PVBA's discovered through routine inspections.

(f) Tests and/or inspections shall be conducted:

(i) At the time of initial installation;

(ii) Annually after initial installation, or more frequently if tests indicate repeated failures; and

(iii) After the assembly is repaired.

(g) The assemblies shall be repaired, overhauled, or replaced whenever found to be defective. The purveyor shall require that improperly installed or altered air gaps be replumbed or replaced by an approved RPBA at their discretion. Inspections, tests, and repairs shall be made under the purveyor's supervision and records thereof kept as required by the purveyor.

(h) The purveyor shall deny or discontinue water service to any customer failing to cooperate in the installation, maintenance, testing, or inspection of backflow prevention assemblies required by the regulations of this chapter.

(3) Washington state certified backflow assembly testers.

(a) A backflow assembly tester shall become certified and maintain certification per department backflow assembly tester certification program guidelines.

(b) The department shall maintain a list of persons certified to test backflow prevention assemblies.)) (1) Applicability, purpose, and responsibility.

(a) All community water systems shall comply with the cross-connection control requirements specified in this section.

(b) All noncommunity water systems shall apply the principles and provisions of this section, including subsection (4)(b) of this section, to the extent possible to protect the public water system from contamination via cross-connections. Noncommunity systems that comply with subsection (4)(b) of this section and the provisions of WAC 51-46-0603 of the UPC (which addresses the installation of backflow preventers at points of water use within the potable water system) shall be considered in compliance with the requirements of this section.

(c) The purpose of the purveyor's cross-connection control program shall be to protect the public water system, as defined in WAC 246-290-020, from contamination via cross-connections.

(d) The purveyor's responsibility for cross-connection control shall begin at the water supply source, include all the public water treatment, storage, and distribution system, and end at the consumer's service connection, beginning at the downstream end of the purveyor's service pipe located on the public right-of-way or utility-held easement.

(e) Purveyors are not responsible for eliminating or controlling cross-connections beyond the consumer's service connection. Under chapter 19.27 RCW, the responsibility for cross-connection control within the property lines of the consumer's premises falls under the jurisdiction of the local administrative authority, unless the local administrative authority is authorized to and has granted or delegated such responsibility to the purveyor by mutual agreement.

(2) General program requirements.

(a) The purveyor shall develop and implement a cross-connection control program that meets the requirements of this section, but may establish a more stringent program through such mechanisms as local ordinances, resolutions, codes, bylaws, or operating rules.

(b) Purveyors shall ensure that good engineering and public health protection practices are used in the development and implementation of cross-connection control programs. Department publications and the most recently published editions of references, such as, but not limited to, those listed below, may be used as guidance for cross-connection program development and implementation:

(i) Manual of Cross-Connection Control published by the Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research, University of Southern California (USC Manual); or

(ii) Cross-Connection Control Manual, Accepted Procedure and Practice published by the Pacific Northwest Section of the American Water Works Association (PNWS-AWWA Manual).

(c) A purveyor may implement the cross-connection control program, or any portion thereof, directly or by means of a contract with another agency or party acceptable to the department.

(d) The purveyor shall coordinate with the local administrative authority in all matters concerning cross-connection control within the property lines of the consumer's premises. The purveyor shall document and describe such coordination, including delineation of responsibilities, in the written cross-connection control program required in (e) of this subsection.

(e) The purveyor shall include the written cross-connection control program in the water system plan required under WAC 246-290-100 or the small water system management program required under WAC 246-290-105. The cross-connection control program shall include the minimum program elements described in subsection (3) of this section.

(f) The purveyor shall ensure that cross-connections between the distribution system and a consumer's premises are eliminated or controlled by the installation of an approved backflow preventer commensurate with the degree of hazard. This can be accomplished by implementation of a cross-connection program that relies on:

(i) Premises isolation as defined in WAC 246-290-010; or

(ii) Premises isolation and in-premises protection as defined in WAC 246-290-010.

(g) Purveyors with cross-connection control programs that rely both on premises isolation and in-premises protection:

(i) Shall comply with the premises isolation requirements specified in subsection (4)(b) of this section; and

(ii) May reduce premises isolation requirements and rely on in-premises protection for premises of the type not addressed in subsection (4)(b) of this section, if the conditions in (h) of this subsection are met.

(h) Purveyors may rely on in-premises protection only when the following conditions are met:

(i) The in-premises backflow preventers provide a level of protection commensurate with the purveyor's assessed degree of hazard;

(ii) Backflow preventers which provide the in-premises backflow protection meet the definition of approved backflow preventers as described in WAC 246-290-010;

(iii) The approved backflow preventers are installed, inspected, tested (if applicable), maintained, and repaired in accordance with subsections (6) and (7) of this section;

(iv) Records of such backflow preventers are maintained in accordance with subsections (3)(j) and (8) of this section; and

(v) The purveyor has reasonable access to the consumer's premises to conduct an initial hazard evaluation and periodic reevaluations to determine whether the in-premises protection is adequate to protect the purveyor's distribution system.

(i) The purveyor shall take appropriate action within its authority if:

(i) A cross-connection exists that is not controlled commensurate to the degree of hazard assessed by the purveyor; or

(ii) A consumer fails to comply with the purveyor's requirements regarding the installation, inspection, testing, maintenance, or repair of approved backflow preventers required by this chapter.

(j) The purveyor's action shall be within its authority and may include, but is not limited to:

(i) Denying or discontinuing water service to a consumer's premises until the problem is corrected;

(ii) Requiring the consumer to install an approved backflow preventer for premises isolation commensurate with the degree of hazard; or

(iii) When other remedies are not sufficient or undertaken, the purveyor installing an approved backflow preventer for premises isolation commensurate with the degree of hazard.

(k) Purveyors denying or discontinuing water service to a consumer's premises because of the cross-connection problems shall notify the local administrative authority prior to taking such action except in the event of an emergency.

(l) The purveyor shall prohibit the intentional return of used water from beyond the consumer's service connection to the purveyor's distribution system. Such water would include, but is not limited to, water used for heating, cooling, or other purposes within the consumer's water system.

(3) Minimum elements of a cross-connection control program.

(a) To be acceptable to the department, the purveyor's cross-connection control program shall include the minimum elements identified in this subsection.

(b) Element 1: The purveyor shall adopt a local ordinance, resolution, code, bylaw, or other written legal instrument that:

(i) Establishes the purveyor's legal authority to implement a cross-connection control program;

(ii) Describes the operating policies and technical provisions of the purveyor's cross-connection control program; and

(iii) Describes the provisions used to ensure that consumers comply with the purveyor's cross-connection control requirements.

(c) Element 2: The purveyor shall develop and implement procedures and schedules for evaluating new and existing service connections to assess the degree of hazard posed by the consumer's premises to the purveyor's distribution system. At a minimum, the program shall meet the following:

(i) For new connections made on or after the effective date of these regulations, procedures shall ensure that an initial evaluation is conducted before service is provided;

(ii) For existing connections made prior to the effective date of these regulations, procedures shall ensure that an initial evaluation is conducted in accordance with a schedule acceptable to the department; and

(iii) For all service connections, once an initial evaluation has been conducted, procedures shall ensure that periodic reevaluations are conducted in accordance with a schedule acceptable to the department and whenever there is a change in the use of the premises.

(d) Element 3: The purveyor shall develop and implement procedures and schedules for ensuring that cross-connections are eliminated, or controlled by installation of approved backflow preventers, commensurate with the degree of hazard.

(i) The purveyor shall ensure that approved backflow preventers are installed at the following locations as applicable:

(A) At the consumer's service connection or other location acceptable to the purveyor, for facilities requiring premises isolation under subsection (4)(b) of this section;

(B) At the consumer's service connection or other location acceptable to the purveyor, when the purveyor implements a premises isolation program; or

(C) Within the consumer's premises, if premises isolation is not required under subsection (4)(b) of this section and the conditions specified in subsection (2)(h) of this section are met, when the purveyor implements a program that relies on in-premises protection.

(ii) The purveyor shall ensure that approved backflow preventers are installed in accordance with the following timeframes:

(A) For new connections (made on or after the effective date of these regulations), the following conditions shall be met before service is provided:

(I) The provisions of (d) of this subsection; and

(II) Satisfactory completion of a test by a BAT in accordance with subsection (7) of this section;

(B) For existing connections where the purveyor identifies a high health cross-connection hazard, the provisions of (d) of this subsection shall be met:

(I) Within ninety days of the purveyor notifying the consumer of the high health cross-connection hazard; or

(II) In accordance with an alternate schedule acceptable to the purveyor;

(C) For existing connections where the purveyor identifies a low health cross-connection hazard, the provisions of (d) of this subsection shall be met in accordance with a schedule acceptable to the purveyor.

(e) Element 4: The purveyor shall ensure that personnel, including at least one person certified as a CCS, are provided to develop and implement the cross-connection control program.

(f) Element 5: The purveyor shall develop and implement procedures to ensure that approved backflow preventers are inspected and/or tested (as applicable) in accordance with subsection (7) of this section.

(g) Element 6: The purveyor shall develop and implement a backflow prevention assembly testing quality control assurance program, including, but not limited to, documentation of tester certification and test kit calibration, and test reports and timeframes for submitting completed test reports that are acceptable to the department.

(h) Element 7: The purveyor shall develop and implement (when appropriate) procedures for responding to backflow incidents.

(i) Element 8: The purveyor shall develop and implement a program for educating the purveyor's consumers about cross-connection control.

(j) Element 9: The purveyor shall develop and maintain cross-connection control records including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) A master list of service connections and consumer's premises where the purveyor relies upon approved backflow preventers to protect the public water system from contamination through premises isolation and/or in-premises protection, the assessed hazard level of each, and the required backflow preventer(s);

(ii) Inventory information on:

(A) Approved air gaps installed in lieu of approved assemblies including exact air gap location, assessed degree of hazard, installation date, history of inspections, inspection results, and person conducting inspections;

(B) Approved backflow assemblies including exact assembly location, assembly description (type, manufacturer, model, size, and serial number), assessed degree of hazard, installation date, history of inspections, tests and repairs, test results, and person performing tests; and

(C) Approved AVBs used for irrigation system applications including: Location, description (manufacturer, model, and size), installation date, history of inspection(s), and person performing inspection(s).

(iii) Cross-connection program summary reports and backflow incident reports required under subsection (8) of this section.

(k) Element 10: Purveyors who distribute and/or have facilities that receive reclaimed water within their water service area shall meet any additional requirements imposed by the department under a permit issued in accordance with chapter 90.46 RCW.

(4) Approved backflow preventer selection.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that a CCS:

(i) Assesses the degree of hazard posed by the consumer's plumbing system upon the purveyor's distribution system; and

(ii) Determines the appropriate method of backflow protection for premises isolation in accordance with Table 8.



table 8

appropriate methods of backflow protection for premises isolation



Degree of Hazard Application Condition Appropriate Approved Backflow Preventer
High health cross-connection hazard Backsiphonage or backpressure backflow AG, RPBA, or RPDA
Low health cross-connection hazard Backsiphonage or backpressure backflow AG, RPBA, RPDA, DCVA, or DCDA




(b) Premises isolation requirements.

(i) For the premises listed in Table 9 and others posing a similar or unknown degree of hazard, the purveyor shall ensure that an approved air gap or RPBA is installed for premises isolation.

(ii) If the purveyor's CCS determines that no hazard exists for a service connection with premises or plumbing system of the type listed in Table 9, and the purveyor requests and receives department concurrence, the requirements of (b)(i) of this subsection do not apply.

(iii) The purveyor shall document, on a case-by-case basis, the reasons for not applying the requirements of (b)(i) of this subsection to a service connection of the type listed in Table 9 and include such documentation in the cross-connection control program summary report required in subsection (8) of this section.



table 9

premises or systems requiring isolation by ag or rpba



Agricultural (farms and dairies)
Beverage bottling plants
Car washes
Chemical plants
Commercial laundries and dry cleaners
Facilities where both reclaimed water and potable water are provided
Film processing facilities
Food processing plants
Hospitals, medical centers, nursing homes, veterinary, medical and dental clinics, blood plasma centers
Premises with separate irrigation systems using the purveyor's water supply and with chemical addition.+
Laboratories
Metal plating industries
Mortuaries
Petroleum processing or storage plants
Piers and docks
Radioactive material processing plants or nuclear reactors.*
Survey access denied or restricted
Wastewater lift stations and pumping stations
Wastewater treatment plants.*
Premises with an unapproved auxiliary water supply interconnected with the potable water supply


.+ For example, parks playgrounds, golf courses, cemeteries, estates, etc.

.* The purveyor shall accept RPBAs for these premises or systems only when used in combination with an in-plant approved air gap; otherwise, the purveyor shall require an approved air gap at the service connection.



(c) Backflow protection for single-family residences.

(i) For single-family residential service connections, the purveyor shall comply with the requirements of (b) of this subsection when applicable.

(ii) If the requirements of (b) of this subsection do not apply and the requirements specified in subsection (2)(h) of this section are met, the purveyor may rely on backflow protection provided at the point of hazard in accordance with WAC 51-46-0603 of the UPC for hazards such as, but not limited to:

(A) Irrigation systems;

(B) Swimming pools or spas;

(C) Ponds; and

(D) Boilers.

For example, the purveyor may accept an approved AVB on a residential irrigation system, if the AVB is properly installed in accordance with the UPC.

(d) Backflow protection for fire protection systems.

(i) Backflow protection is not required for residential flow-through or combination fire protection systems constructed of potable water piping and materials.

(ii) For service connections with fire protection systems other than flow-through or combination systems, the purveyor shall ensure that backflow protection consistent with WAC 51-46-0603 of the UPC is installed. The UPC requires minimum protection as follows:

(A) An RPBA or RPDA for fire protection systems with chemical addition or using unapproved auxiliary water supply; and

(B) A DCVA or DCDA for all other fire protection systems.

(iii) For new connections made on or after the effective date of these regulations, the purveyor shall ensure that backflow protection is installed before water service is provided.

(iv) For existing fire protection systems:

(A) With chemical addition or using unapproved auxiliary supplies, the purveyor shall ensure that backflow protection is installed within ninety days of the purveyor notifying the consumer of the high health cross-connection hazard or in accordance with an alternate schedule acceptable to the purveyor.

(B) Without chemical addition, without on-site storage, and using only the purveyor's water (i.e., no unapproved auxiliary supplies on or available to the premises), the purveyor shall ensure that backflow protection is installed in accordance with a schedule acceptable to the purveyor or when required by the agency administering the Uniform Building Code as adopted under chapter 19.27 RCW, whichever is sooner.

(C) When establishing backflow protection retrofitting schedules for fire protection systems to meet the requirements of (d)(iv)(B) of this subsection, the purveyor may consider factors such as, but not limited to, impacts of assembly installation on sprinkler performance, costs of retrofitting, and difficulty of assembly installation.

(e) Purveyors shall ensure that backflow preventers for premises isolation are installed commensurate with the degree of hazard (Table 8) for premises with one or more of the following characteristics:

(i) Premises with complex plumbing arrangements that make it impracticable to assess whether cross-connection hazards exist;

(ii) Premises having a repeated history of cross-connections being established or reestablished; or

(iii) Premises where cross-connection hazards are unavoidable or not correctable, such as, but not limited to, tall buildings.

(5) Approved backflow preventers.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that all backflow prevention assemblies relied upon by the purveyor are models included on the current list of backflow prevention assemblies approved for use in Washington state. The current approved assemblies list is available from the department upon request.

(b) The purveyor may rely on backflow prevention assemblies that are testable but are not currently approved by the department, if the assemblies:

(i) Were included on the department and/or USC list of approved backflow prevention assemblies at the time of installation;

(ii) Have been properly maintained;

(iii) Are commensurate with the purveyor's assessed degree of hazard; and

(iv) Have been inspected and tested at least annually and have successfully passed the annual tests.

(c) The purveyor shall ensure that an unlisted backflow prevention assembly is replaced by an approved assembly commensurate with the degree of hazard, when the unlisted assembly:

(i) Does not meet the conditions specified in (b)(i) through (iv) of this subsection;

(ii) Is moved; or

(iii) Cannot be repaired using spare parts from the original manufacturer.

(d) The purveyor shall ensure that AVBs meet the definition of approved atmospheric vacuum breakers as described in WAC 246-290-010.

(6) Approved backflow preventer installation.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that approved backflow preventers are installed in the orientation for which they are approved (if applicable).

(b) The purveyor shall ensure that approved backflow preventers are installed in a manner that:

(i) Facilitates their proper operation, maintenance, inspection, and/or in-line testing (as applicable) using standard installation procedures acceptable to the department such as those in the USC Manual or PNWS-AWWA Manual;

(ii) Ensures that the assembly will not become submerged due to weather-related conditions such as flooding; and

(iii) Ensures compliance with all applicable safety regulations.

(c) The purveyor shall ensure that approved backflow assemblies for premises isolation are installed at a location adjacent to the meter or property line or an alternate location acceptable to the purveyor.

(d) When premises isolation assemblies are installed at an alternate location acceptable to the purveyor, the purveyor shall ensure that there are no connections between the service connection at the meter or property line and the approved backflow assembly required for premises isolation.

(e) The purveyor shall ensure that bypass piping installed around any approved backflow preventer is equipped with an approved backflow preventer that:

(i) Affords at least the same level of protection as the approved backflow preventer that is being bypassed; and

(ii) Complies with all applicable requirements of this section.

(7) Approved backflow preventer inspection and testing.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that:

(i) A CCS inspects backflow preventer installations to ensure that protection is provided commensurate with the assessed degree of hazard.

(ii) Either a BAT or CCS inspects:

(A) Air gaps installed in lieu of approved backflow prevention assemblies for compliance with the approved air gap definition; and

(B) Backflow prevention assemblies for correct installation and approval status.

(iii) A BAT tests approved backflow prevention assemblies for proper operation.

(b) The purveyor shall ensure that inspections and/or tests of approved air gaps and approved backflow assemblies are conducted:

(i) At the time of installation;

(ii) Annually after installation, or more frequently, if required by the purveyor for facilities that pose a high health cross-connection hazard or for assemblies that repeatedly fail;

(iii) After a backflow incident; and

(iv) After an assembly is repaired, reinstalled, or relocated or an air gap is replumbed.

(c) The purveyor shall ensure that inspections of AVBs installed on irrigation systems are conducted:

(i) At the time of installation;

(ii) After a backflow incident; and

(iii) After repair, reinstallation, or relocation.

(d) The purveyor shall ensure that approved backflow prevention assemblies are tested using procedures acceptable to the department, such as those specified in the most recently published edition of the USC Manual. When circumstances, such as, but not limited to, configuration or location of the assembly, preclude the use of USC test procedures, the purveyor may allow, on a case-by-case basis, the use of alternate (non-USC) test procedures acceptable to the department.

(e) The purveyor shall ensure that results of backflow prevention assembly inspections and tests are documented and reported in a manner acceptable to the purveyor.

(f) The purveyor shall ensure that an approved backflow prevention assembly or AVB, whenever found to be improperly installed, defective, not commensurate with the degree of hazard, or failing a test (if applicable) is properly reinstalled, repaired, overhauled, or replaced.

(g) The purveyor shall ensure that an approved air gap, whenever found to be altered or improperly installed, is properly replumbed or, if commensurate with the degree of hazard, is replaced by an approved RPBA.

(8) Recordkeeping and reporting.

(a) Purveyors shall keep cross-connection control records for the following timeframes:

(i) Records pertaining to the consumer's premises required in subsection (3)(j)(i) of this section shall be kept as long as the premises pose a cross-connection hazard to the purveyor's distribution system;

(ii) Records regarding inventory information required in subsection (3)(j)(ii) of this section shall be kept for five years or for the life of the approved backflow preventer whichever is shorter; and

(iii) Records regarding backflow incidents and annual summary reports required in subsection (3)(j)(iii) of this section shall be kept for five years.

(b) Purveyors may maintain cross-connection control records in original form or transfer data to tabular summaries.

(c) Purveyors may maintain records or data in any media, such as paper, film, or electronic format.

(d) The purveyor shall complete the cross-connection control program summary report annually. Report forms and guidance on completing the report are available from the department.

(e) The purveyor shall make all records and reports required in subsection (3)(j) of this section available to the department or its representative upon request.

(f) The purveyor shall notify the department, local administrative authority, and local health jurisdiction as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the next business day, when a backflow incident is known by the purveyor to have:

(i) Contaminated the purveyor's water system; or

(ii) Occurred within the premises of a consumer served by the water system.

(g) The purveyor shall:

(i) Document details of backflow incidents on a form acceptable to the department such as the backflow incident report form included in the most recent edition of the PNWS-AWWA Manual; and

(ii) Include all backflow incident report(s) in the annual cross-connection program summary report referenced in (d) of this subsection, unless otherwise requested by the department.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 91-02-051 (Order 124B), recodified as § 246-290-490, filed 12/27/90, effective 1/31/91. Statutory Authority: P.L. 99-339. 89-21-020 (Order 336), § 248-54-285, filed 10/10/89, effective 11/10/89. Statutory Authority: RCW 34.04.045. 88-05-057 (Order 307), § 248-54-285, filed 2/17/88. Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 83-19-002 (Order 266), § 248-54-285, filed 9/8/83.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-495  Public notification. (1) Required notification. The purveyor shall notify the water system users when the system:

(a) Has an MCL violation of a primary standard as described under WAC 246-290-310;

(b) Fails to comply with:

(i) Treatment technique requirements under Part 6 of this chapter or 40 CFR 141.80(d);

(ii) Monitoring requirements under WAC 246-290-300, 246-290-664, 246-290-674, or 246-290-694;

(iii) Analytical requirements of WAC 246-290-638 or chapter 246-390 WAC;

(iv) A departmental order; or

(v) A variance or exemption schedule prescribed by the state board of health;

(c) Is identified as a source of waterborne disease outbreak as determined by the department;

(d) Is issued a category red operating permit;

(e) Is issued a departmental order; or

(f) Is operating under a variance or exemption.

(2) Content. Notices shall provide:

(a) A clear, concise, and simple explanation of the violation;

(b) Discussion of potential adverse health effects and any segments of the population that may be at higher risk;

(c) Mandatory health effects information in accordance with subsection (4) of this section;

(d) A list of steps the purveyor has taken or is planning to take to remedy the situation;

(e) A list of steps the consumer should take, including advice on seeking an alternative water supply if necessary;

(f) The purveyor's name and phone number; and

(g) When appropriate, notices shall be bilingual or multilingual.

The purveyor may provide additional information to further explain the situation.

(3) Distribution.

(a) Purveyors of community and NTNC systems with violations of a primary MCL, treatment technique, or variance or exemption schedule shall provide:

(i) Newspaper notice to water system users as defined in (e) of this subsection, within fourteen days of violation;

(ii) Direct mail notice or hand delivery to all consumers served by the system within forty-five days of the violation. The department may waive the purveyor's mail or hand delivery if the violation is corrected within forty-five days. The waiver shall be in writing and made within the forty-five day period;

(iii) Notice to radio and television stations serving the area within seventy-two hours of violation of an acute coliform MCL under WAC 246-290-310 (2)(c), a nitrate MCL under WAC 246-290-310(3), occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak or other acute violation as determined by the department; and

(iv) Repeat mail or hand delivery every three months until the violation is corrected.

(b) Purveyors of community and NTNC systems shall provide newspaper notice as defined in (e) of this subsection, to water system users within three months of the following:

(i) Violation of a monitoring requirement or testing procedure;

(ii) Receipt of a departmental order;

(iii) Receipt of a category red operating permit; or

(iv) Granting of a variance or exemption.

Purveyors shall also provide repeat notice by mail or hand delivery to all consumers served by the system every three months until the situation is corrected or for as long as the variance or exemption remains in effect.

(c) Purveyors of TNC systems shall post a notice or notify consumers by other methods authorized by the department within fourteen days of the following:

(i) Violation of a primary MCL;

(ii) Violation of a treatment technique requirement; or

(iii) Violation of a variance or exemption schedule. If the violation is acute, the department shall require posting within seventy-two hours.

(d) Purveyors of TNC systems shall post a notice or notify consumers by other methods authorized by the department within three months of the following:

(i) Violation of a monitoring requirement or testing procedure;

(ii) Receipt of a category red operating permit; or

(iii) Granting of a variance or exemption.

(e) "Newspaper notice," as used in this section, means publication in a daily newspaper of general circulation or in a weekly newspaper of general circulation if a daily newspaper does not serve the area. The purveyor may substitute a community or homeowner's association newsletter or similar periodical publication if the newsletter reaches all affected consumers within the specified time.

(f) The purveyor shall substitute a posted notice in the absence of a newspaper of general circulation or homeowner's association newsletter or similar periodical publication. The purveyor shall post the notice within the timeframe specified in this subsection.

(g) The purveyor shall place posted notices in conspicuous locations and present the notices in a manner making them easy to read. Notices shall remain posted until the violation is corrected or for as long as the variance or exemption remains in effect.

(h) The purveyor of a community or NTNC water system shall give a copy of the most recent public notice for all outstanding violations to all new billing units or new hookups before or at the time water service begins.

(i) The purveyor shall provide the department with a copy of the public notification at the time the purveyor notifies the public.

(4) Mandatory language.

(a) The purveyor shall provide specific health effects language in the notice when a violation involves:

(i) A violation of a primary organic or inorganic chemical or physical MCL;

(ii) A violation of a secondary fluoride MCL;

(iii) A violation of an acute coliform MCL;

(iv) A violation of a nonacute coliform MCL;

(v) A treatment technique requirement;

(vi) Granting or continuation of exemption or variance; or

(vii) Failure to comply with a variance or exemption schedule.

(b) The purveyor shall provide specific mandatory language in its notification when the purveyor receives a category red operating permit.

(c) Required specific language is contained in department guidance.

(5) Procedure for notification of organic chemical and unregulated chemical sample results.

(a) Availability of results. After receipt of the first analysis results, the purveyor of a community or NTNC water system shall notify persons served by the system of the availability of the results and shall supply the name and telephone number of a contact person. Purveyors with surface water sources shall include a statement that additional monitoring will be conducted for three more quarters.

(i) The purveyor shall initiate notification within three months of the purveyors receipt of the first analysis results. This notification is only required one time.

(ii) Notification shall occur by any of the following methods:

(A) Inclusion in the first set of water bills issued after receipt of the results;

(B) Newspaper notice that shall run at least one day each month for three consecutive months;

(C) Direct mail;

(D) Posting for at least one week if an NTNC system; or

(E) Any other method approved by the department.

(iii) Within three months of receipt of analysis results, purveyors selling water to other public water systems shall provide copies of the analysis results to the purchasing system.

(iv) Within thirty days of receipt of analysis results, purveyors purchasing water shall make results available to their consumers. The purveyor's notification shall occur by the method outlined under (a)(ii) of this subsection.

(b) Consumer information.

(i) The purveyor shall provide consumer information within twenty-one days of receipt of confirmation sample results when:

(A) A regulated chemical is confirmed at a concentration greater than an MCL, and the level will not cause the running annual average to exceed the MCL; or

(B) The department determines that an unregulated chemical is confirmed at a level greater than an SAL.

(ii) Consumer information shall include:

(A) Name and level of chemical detected;

(B) Location where the chemical was detected;

(C) Any health effects that the chemical could cause at its present concentration;

(D) Plans for follow-up activities; and

(E) Phone number to call for further information.

(iii) Consumer information shall be distributed by any of the following methods:

(A) Notice placed in the major newspaper in the affected area;

(B) Direct mail to consumers;

(C) Posting for at least one week if an NTNC system; or

(D) Any other method approved by the department.

(6) Fluoride notification procedure.

When a primary or secondary MCL violation occurs or a variance or exemption is issued or a variance or exemption schedule is violated, the purveyor of a community water system shall send notice, including mandatory language, to:

(a) The department annually;

(b) Water system users annually; and

(c) New billing units added while the violation exists.

(7) When circumstances dictate the purveyor give a broader or more immediate notice to protect public health, the department may require the purveyor's notification by whatever means necessary.

(8) When the state board of health grants a public water system a waiver, the purveyor shall notify consumers and new billing units or new hookups before water service begins. The purveyor shall provide a notice annually and send a copy to the department.

(9) The department may give notice to the water system users as required by this section on behalf of the water purveyor. However, the purveyor remains responsible for ensuring the department's requirements are met.



[]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-601  Purpose of surface water treatment. (1) Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC establishes filtration and disinfection as treatment technique requirements for water systems using surface or GWI sources. The Part 6 treatment technique requirements are established in lieu of maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for the following contaminants:

(a) Giardia lamblia;

(b) Viruses;

(c) Heterotrophic plate count bacteria;

(d) Legionella; and

(e) Turbidity.

(2) Turbidity MCLs ((found in WAC 246-290-310 shall remain in effect for systems using surface or GWI sources until applicable Part 6 treatment technique requirements become effective. The effective dates are indicated in Tables 9, 12, 13, or 14, whichever is applicable)) and sampling/analytical requirements shall be in accordance with 40 CFR 141.13 and 40 CFR 141.22.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-601, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-620  Applicability of surface water treatment requirements. (1) The requirements of Part 6 of this chapter ((246-290 WAC)) apply to ((Group A)) water systems ((which)) that:

(a) Use surface sources or ground water sources under the direct influence of surface water (GWI); or

(b) Purchase surface or GWI water from an approved public water system or other entity acceptable to the department.

(2) The requirements of Part 6 of this chapter ((246-290 WAC)) do not apply to ((Group A)) water systems ((which)) that use unfiltered surface or GWI sources as emergency sources, ((if)) provided the source is physically disconnected from the system at all times until it is needed, and the purveyor meets the following conditions:

(a) Has a department-approved emergency response plan; and

(b) Provides disinfection treatment ((which)) that meets the requirements under WAC 246-290-662 (2)(e).

(3) The requirements of WAC 246-290-640 apply to Group A systems that use sources potentially under the influence of surface water as determined by the department.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-620, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-630  General requirements. (1) The purveyor shall ensure that treatment is provided for surface and GWI sources consistent with the treatment technique requirements specified in Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC.

(2) The purveyor shall install and properly operate water treatment processes to ensure at least:

(a) 99.9 percent (3 log) removal and/or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts; and

(b) 99.99 percent (4 log) removal and/or inactivation of viruses.

(3) The purveyor shall ensure that the requirements of subsection (2) of this section are met between a point where the source water is not subject to contamination by untreated surface water and a point at or before the first ((customer)) consumer.

(4) The department may require higher levels of removal and/or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and viruses than specified in subsection (2) of this section if deemed necessary to protect the health of consumers served by the system.

(5) The purveyor shall ensure that personnel operating a system subject to Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC meet the requirements under chapter 70.119 RCW and chapter 246-292 WAC.

(6) The purveyor of a Group A community system serving water from a surface or GWI source to the public before January 1, 1991, shall comply with applicable minimum treatment requirements. The purveyor shall meet either ((the)):

(a) The filtration and disinfection requirements under WAC 246-290-660 and 246-290-662 respectively; ((or))

(b) The criteria to remain unfiltered under WAC 246-290-690 and the disinfection requirements under WAC 246-290-692; or

(c) The criteria to provide a limited alternative to filtration under WAC 246-290-691 and the disinfection requirements under WAC 246-290-692.

(7) The purveyor of a Group A noncommunity system serving water ((to the public before January 1, 1991)) from a surface or GWI source, shall ((install filtration and)) meet either:

(a) The filtration and disinfection requirements under WAC 246-290-660 and 246-290-662, respectively; or

(b) The criteria to provide a limited alternative to filtration under WAC 246-290-691 and the disinfection requirements under WAC 246-290-692.

(8) The purveyor of a Group A system first serving water from a surface or GWI source to the public after December 31, 1990, shall meet either:

(a) The filtration and disinfection requirements under WAC 246-290-660 and 246-290-662, respectively; or

(b) The criteria to provide a limited alternative to filtration under WAC 246-290-691 and the disinfection requirements under WAC 246-290-692.

(9) ((The department shall provide notification to the purveyor of the requirement to install filtration.)) The purveyor of a system required to install filtration may choose to provide a limited alternative to filtration or abandon the surface or GWI source as a permanent or seasonal source and develop an alternate, department-approved source. Purveyors that ((choose this option and)) develop alternate ground water sources or purchase water from a department-approved public water system using a ground water source shall no longer be subject to Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC, once the alternate source is approved by the department and is on line.

(10) ((Part 6 compliance options are summarized in Table 8.





Table 8

COMPLIANCE OPTIONS FOR GROUP A SYSTEMS

USING SURFACE OR GWI SOURCES





SYSTEM TYPE


SURFACE WATER OPTIONS

(system subject to Part 6)



ALTERNATE GROUND

WATER SOURCE OPTIONS

(system not subject to Part 6)



Community systems serving water to the public before January 1, 1991




Provide filtration and disinfection;


Existing systems may abandon surface or GWI sources and develop alternate department-approved ground water sources.

Existing systems which develop ground water sources or purchase ground water from a department-approved public water system shall not be subject to the requirements of Part 6, once the alternate source is approved by the department and is on-line.

Remain unfiltered, meet all criteria to remain unfiltered, and provide disinfection; or
Purchase from a system using a surface or GWI source.



All other Group A systems using surface or GWI sources




Provide filtration and disinfection; or
Purchase completely treated surface water or GWI water from an approved public water system.))


A purveyor that chooses to provide a limited alternative to filtration shall submit an application to the department that contains the information necessary to determine whether the source can meet the criteria.

(11) If a limited alternative to filtration is provided, then the purveyor shall install and properly operate treatment processes to ensure greater removal and/or inactivation efficiencies of Giardia lamblia cysts, viruses, or other pathogenic organisms of public health concern that would be achieved by the combination of filtration and chlorine disinfection.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-630, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-632  Treatment technique violations. (1) A treatment technique violation shall be considered a violation of a primary drinking water standard and in the case of an unfiltered system, may result in the purveyor of an unfiltered system being required to install filtration.

(2) A treatment technique violation occurs when a system using a surface or GWI source is identified by the department as the source of a waterborne disease outbreak or any of the following occur as applicable:

(a) The purveyor providing filtration delivers unfiltered water or fails to meet one or more of the following requirements ((on June 29, 1993, or thereafter)):

(i) Filtration treatment in accordance with WAC 246-290-660; or

(ii) Disinfection treatment in accordance with WAC 246-290-662.

(b) The purveyor required to install filtration:

(i) Fails to meet the interim disinfection requirements in accordance with WAC 246-290-672 or as otherwise directed by the department; or

(ii) Fails to install filtration or develop an alternate source by the applicable dates specified in WAC 246-290-670.

(c) The purveyor of an unfiltered surface water, or GWI source, meeting the criteria to remain unfiltered:

(i) Delivers water with a turbidity level exceeding 5.0 NTU measured at a point immediately prior to the point of primary disinfection; or

(ii) Fails to meet one or more of the disinfection requirements in accordance with WAC 246-290-692 after the dates specified in WAC 246-290-686.

(d) The purveyor of an unfiltered source meeting the criteria to provide a limited alternative to filtration:

(i) Delivers water with a turbidity level exceeding 5.0 NTU measured at a point immediately prior to the point of primary disinfection; or

(ii) Fails to meet one or more of the disinfection requirements in accordance with WAC 246-290-691.

(e) A purveyor supplies water from an unfiltered source that has not been previously approved by the department.

(f) A purveyor of a department approved unfiltered source that fails to meet the on-going criteria to remain unfiltered:

(i) Delivers water with a turbidity level exceeding 5.0 NTU measured at a point immediately prior to the point of primary disinfection; or

(ii) Fails to meet one or more of the disinfection requirements in accordance with WAC 246-290-692.

(g) A purveyor of a department approved unfiltered source that fails to meet the criteria to provide a limited alternative to filtration:

(i) Delivers water with a turbidity level exceeding 5.0 NTU measured at a point immediately prior to the point of primary disinfection; or

(ii) Fails to meet one or more of the disinfection requirements in accordance with WAC 246-290-691.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-632, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-632, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-634  Follow-up to treatment technique violations. When a treatment technique violation occurs, the purveyor:

(1) Shall report to the department in accordance with:

(a) WAC 246-290-666 for purveyors providing filtration or required to filter;

(b) WAC 246-290-674 for purveyors installing filtration; or

(c) WAC 246-290-696 for purveyors ((not)) meeting the criteria to remain unfiltered or providing a limited alternative to filtration;

(2) Shall notify the public in accordance with WAC ((246-290-330)) 246-290-495;

(3) Shall determine the cause of the violation;

(4) Shall take action as directed by the department; and

(5) May be subject to enforcement under WAC 246-290-050.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-634, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-636  Determination of disinfectant contact time (T). (1) The purveyor shall calculate T at peak hourly flow for each surface or GWI source.

(2) For pipelines, the purveyor shall calculate T by dividing the internal volume of the pipe by the peak hourly flow rate through that pipe.

(3) For all other system components used for inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts ((and virus inactivation)), viruses, and other microorganisms of public health concern, the purveyor shall use tracer studies or empirical methods to determine T.

(4) The purveyor shall use the T10 value determined by tracer studies or other methods acceptable to the department as T in all CT calculations.

(((a) For existing water treatment facilities, the purveyor shall ensure that the T10 value is determined by June 29, 1993; and

(b) For unfiltered systems, the purveyor shall ensure that the T10 value is determined before the purveyor begins conducting the monitoring under WAC 246-290-694 to demonstrate that the system meets the criteria to avoid filtration.))

(5) Tracer studies.

(a) The purveyor shall conduct field tracer studies on all system components with configurations (geometry and/or baffling) for which analogous contact times are not documented.

(b) Before conducting tracer studies, the purveyor shall obtain the department's approval of a tracer study plan. The plan shall identify at a minimum:

(i) How the purveyor will conduct the study;

(ii) The tracer material to be used;

(iii) Flow rates to be used; and

(iv) The names, titles, and qualifications of the persons conducting the study.

(c) A professional engineer registered in the state of Washington shall direct the conduct of all tracer studies.

(d) Tracer studies shall be conducted in accordance with good engineering practices using methods acceptable to the department such as those described in ((the DOH SWTR Guidance Manual)) department guidance on surface water treatment.

(e) The department may require the purveyor to conduct additional tracer studies when:

(i) Modifications impacting flow distribution or T are made; or

(ii) Increases in flow exceed the conditions of the previous tracer studies.

(6) Empirical methods.

(a) Empirical methods may be used to calculate T10, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that system components have configurations analogous to components on which tracer studies have been conducted and results have been documented.

(b) The purveyor shall submit to the department for review and approval engineering justification for determining T10 using empirical methods. As-built drawings of system components in their current configurations shall be submitted with the engineering justification.

(c) A professional engineer registered in the state of Washington shall prepare the engineering justification for determining T10 using empirical methods.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-636, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-638  Analytical requirements. (1) The purveyor shall ensure that only qualified persons conduct measurements for pH, temperature, turbidity, and residual disinfectant concentrations. In this section, qualified shall mean:

(a) A person certified under chapter 246-292 WAC;

(b) An analyst, with experience conducting these measurements, from the state public health laboratory or another laboratory certified by the department; or

(c) A state or local health agency professional experienced in conducting these measurements.

(2) The purveyor shall ensure that measurements for temperature, turbidity, pH, and residual disinfectant concentration are made in accordance with "standard methods."

(3) The purveyor shall ensure that samples for coliform and HPC analysis are:

(a) Collected and transported in accordance with department-approved methods; and

(b) Submitted to the state public health laboratory or another laboratory certified by the department to conduct such analyses.

(4) Turbidity monitoring.

(a) The purveyor shall equip the system's water treatment facility laboratory with a:

(i) Bench model turbidimeter; and

(ii) Continuous turbidimeter and recorder if required under WAC 246-290-664 or 246-290-694.

(b) The purveyor shall ensure that bench model and continuous turbidimeters are:

(i) Designed to meet the criteria in "standard methods"; and

(ii) Properly operated, calibrated, and maintained at all times in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

(c) The purveyor shall validate continuous turbidity measurements for accuracy as follows:

(i) Calibrate turbidity equipment based upon a primary standard in the expected range of measurements; and

(ii) Verify continuous turbidimeter performance on a weekly basis, not on consecutive days, with grab sample measurements made using a properly calibrated bench model turbidimeter.

(d) When continuous turbidity monitoring equipment fails, the purveyor shall measure turbidity on grab samples collected at least every four hours while the system serves water to the public and the equipment is being repaired or replaced. The purveyor shall have continuous monitoring equipment on-line within five working days of failure.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-638, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-640  Determination of GWI sources. (1) ((For Group A systems, the department shall notify the purveyor when a source has been identified as a potential GWI source.)) Until the department has made a source GWI determination, the purveyor shall monitor in accordance with the requirements for ground water sources in WAC 246-290-300 or as directed by the department and provide follow-up in accordance with WAC 246-290-320.

(2) The purveyor, after being notified by the department that one or more of the system sources have been classified as potential GWI, may elect to seek approval from the department to modify the potential GWI source to mitigate surface water influences prior to compliance with subsection (3) of this section, and if so, shall:

(a) Complete a project report, for departmental approval, that describes the proposed source-related modifications, including the schedule for their completion and an explanation of why the source should be reclassified upon completion of the source modifications; and

(b) Demonstrate compliance, if directed by the department, with the requirements of subsection (3) of this section upon completion of the source-related modifications.

(3) The purveyor using a source identified as a potential GWI shall provide to the department all information necessary to determine whether the source is under direct surface water influence. Information shall include, but not be limited to:

(a) Site-specific source water quality data, including temperature, conductivity, and/or other appropriate parameters as determined by the department;

(b) Documentation of source construction characteristics;

(c) Documentation of hydrogeology;

(d) Distance to surface water; and

(e) Water quality results from nearby surface water(s) ((if requested)), including temperature, conductivity, and/or other appropriate parameters as determined by the department.

(((3) Based on information provided by the purveyor, the department shall determine which ground water sources are under the direct influence of surface water and notify the purveyor of the source determination.))

(4) Upon a determination by the department that one or more potential GWI source(s) being used are in hydraulic connection to a surface water, the purveyor shall:

(a) Secure the services of a professional engineer to direct further evaluation and actions regarding the source;

(b) Provide disinfection treatment of the source in accordance with WAC 246-290-451; and

(c) Provide microscopic particulate analyses (MPA) results for review by the department based upon a sampling plan approved by the department.

(5) A purveyor notified by the department that one or more GWI sources are in use shall:

(a) Within ninety days of notification submit a project report to the department that includes an implementation schedule for compliance with the treatment techniques specified in Part 6 of this chapter;

(b) Notify consumers served by the system; and

(c) Comply with the applicable requirements of WAC 246-290-670.

(6) After completion of the requirements in subsection (3) of this section, the purveyor may modify a ((department-determined)) GWI source to ((eliminate)) mitigate direct surface influence. In such cases, the purveyor shall((, at a minimum)):

(a) ((Submit a proposed)) Include in a project report, for submittal to the department for approval, a description of the proposed approaches and schedule for source modification ((to the department for review and approval)); and

(b) ((Provide disinfection treatment and conduct monitoring and reporting as directed by the department to protect the health of consumers served by the water system until:

(i) Modification is complete; and

(ii) The department determines the source is no longer subject to direct surface influence.

(c))) Comply again with subsection (((2))) (3) of this section upon completion of source modifications to be considered for source reclassification.

(((5))) (7) The department may reevaluate a ground water source for direct surface influence, if conditions impacting source classification have changed.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-640, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-650  Compliance requirements for filtered systems. (1) In addition to the requirements of Parts 1 through 5 of chapter 246-290 WAC, Subpart B of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC applies to purveyors of systems using surface or GWI sources and providing filtration, including:

(a) Systems with water treatment facilities ((which)) that produced water served to the public before January 1, 1991;

(b) Unfiltered systems installing filtration, once the new water treatment facilities are on-line; and

(c) New systems using surface or GWI sources. For the purpose of the Part 6 chapter 246-290 WAC requirements, new systems are defined as systems first serving water to the public after December 31, 1990.

(2) ((The purveyor shall be subject to the effective dates, compliance requirements and violations specified in Table 9.

(3))) The purveyor of a new system using a surface or GWI source shall comply with the requirements of Part 6 subparts A and B chapter 246-290 WAC and be subject to the treatment technique violations specified in WAC 246-290-632 beginning when the system first serves water to the public and thereafter.





((Table 9

PART 6 COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR SYSTEMS WITH EXISTING WATER TREATMENT FACILITIES



requirements effective from applicable part 6

requirements

violation type
Turbidity MCL Treatment Technique
Date specified in written department notification through June 28, 1993 Subpart A Analytical, Subpart B Monitoring and Reporting requirements only Still in effect Not in effect yet
June 29, 1993 and thereafter Subparts A and B No longer in effect In effect))





[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-650, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-652  Filtration technology and design criteria for existing filtered systems. (1) The purveyor shall treat all surface and GWI sources using one of the following filtration technologies unless another technology is acceptable to the department:

(a) Conventional;

(b) Direct;

(c) Diatomaceous earth; or

(d) Slow sand.

(2) Purveyors not using one of the filtration technologies in subsection (1) of this section or not complying with the design criteria specified in WAC 246-290-676 shall submit a project report to the department ((which demonstrate's)) that demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the existing water treatment facility can be operated to reliably produce, by June 29, 1993, water meeting the operating and performance requirements of WAC 246-290-654 and 246-290-660, respectively. The project report shall comply with the requirements of WAC 246-290-110.

(3) The purveyor shall make the demonstration required under subsection (2) of this section using the latest twelve months of operating data, results of special studies conducted to test the performance of the water treatment facility under adverse water quality conditions or other means acceptable to the department.

(4) For water treatment facilities currently unable to meet the performance and operation requirements, the project report shall specify the modifications needed to upgrade the facility. Purveyors upgrading existing water treatment facilities shall comply with the design and reliability requirements under WAC 246-290-676 and 246-290-678, respectively.

(5) The purveyor of a new system using a surface or GWI source shall be subject to the:

(a) Design and reliability requirements under WAC 246-290-676 and 246-290-678, respectively; and

(b) Operating criteria for new water treatment facilities under WAC 246-290-680.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-652, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-654  Treatment criteria for filtered systems. (1) The purveyor shall operate filters such that maximum flow rates do not exceed those specified in Table 10. The purveyor may operate filters at higher flow rates, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that filtration at the higher rate consistently achieves at least 99 percent (2 log) removal of Giardia lamblia cysts and meets the turbidity performance requirements of Table 11.



Table 10

filtration operation criteria

filtration technology/media maximum filtration rate

(gpm/ft3)

Conventional, Direct and In-Line
Gravity Filters with Single Media 3
Gravity Filters with Deep Bed, Dual or Mixed Media 6
Pressure Filters with Single Media 2
Pressure Filters with Deep Bed, Dual or Mixed Media 3
Slow Sand 0.1
Diatomaceous Earth 1.0



(2) The purveyor using conventional, direct or in-line filtration shall ensure that effective coagulation is in use at all times the water treatment facility produces water served to the public.

(3) The purveyor using conventional, direct, or in-line filtration shall demonstrate treatment effectiveness for Giardia lamblia cyst removal by one of the following methods:

(a) Turbidity reduction method where source and filtered water turbidity measurements are made in accordance with WAC 246-290-664(2) and (3) respectively:

(i) When source turbidity is greater than or equal to 2.5 NTU, the purveyor shall achieve the turbidity performance requirements specified in WAC 246-290-660(1); or

(ii) When source turbidity is less than 2.5 NTU, the purveyor shall achieve:

(A) An ((80%)) eighty percent reduction in source turbidity based on an average of the daily turbidity reductions measured in a calendar month; or

(B) ((A)) An average daily filtered water turbidity less than or equal to 0.1 NTU((;)).

(b) Particle counting method. The purveyor shall:

(i) Use a particle counting protocol acceptable to the department; and

(ii) Demonstrate at a frequency acceptable to the department at least the following log reduction of particles in the size range of five to fifteen microns (Giardia lamblia cyst-sized particles) as applicable((;)):

(A) 2.5 log reduction for systems using conventional filtration((:)); or

(B) 2.0 log reduction for systems using direct or in-line filtration((;)).

(c) Microscopic particulate analysis method. The purveyor shall:

(i) Use a protocol acceptable to the department; and

(ii) Demonstrate at a frequency acceptable to the department at least the following log reduction of Giardia lamblia cysts and/or Giardia lamblia cyst surrogate indicators as applicable((;)):

(A) 2.5 log reduction for systems using conventional filtration; and

(B) 2.0 log reduction for systems using direct or in-line filtration.

(d) Other methods acceptable to the department.

(4) The purveyor shall ensure continuous disinfection of all water delivered to the public and shall:

(a) Maintain an adequate supply of disinfection chemicals and keep back-up system components and spare parts on hand;

(b) Develop, maintain, and post at the water treatment facility a plan detailing:

(i) How water delivered to the public will be continuously and adequately disinfected; and

(ii) The elements of an emergency notification plan to be implemented whenever the residual disinfectant concentration at entry to distribution falls below 0.2 mg/L for more than one hour.

(c) Implement such plan during an emergency affecting disinfection.

(5) Operations ((plan)) program.

(a) For each water treatment facility treating a surface or GWI source, the purveyor shall develop an operations ((plan)) program and make it available to the department for review upon request.

(b) The ((plan)) program shall be submitted to the department as an addendum to the purveyor's water system plan (WAC 246-290-100) or small water system management program (WAC ((246-290-410)) 246-290-105).

(c) The ((plan)) program shall detail how the purveyor will produce optimal filtered water quality at all times the water treatment facility produces water to be served to the public.

(d) The purveyor shall operate the water treatment facility in accordance with the operations ((plan)) program.

(e) The operations ((plan)) program shall include, but not be limited to, a description of:

(i) For conventional, direct or in-line filtration, procedures used to determine and maintain optimized coagulation as demonstrated by meeting the requirements of WAC 246-290-654(3);

(ii) Procedures used to determine chemical dose rates;

(iii) How and when each unit process is operated;

(iv) Unit process equipment maintenance program;

(v) Treatment plant performance monitoring program;

(vi) Laboratory procedures;

(vii) Records;

(viii) Reliability features; and

(ix) Response plans for water treatment facility emergencies, including disinfection failure and watershed emergencies.

(f) The purveyor shall ensure the operations ((plan)) program is:

(i) Readily available at the water treatment facility for use by operators and for department inspection;

(ii) Consistent with department guidelines for operations procedures such as those described in ((the DOH SWTR Guidance Manual and Planning Handbook)) department guidance on surface water treatment and water system planning; and

(iii) Updated as needed to reflect current water treatment facility operations.

(6) Pressure filters. Purveyors using pressure filters shall:

(a) Inspect and evaluate the filters, at least every six months, for conditions that would reduce their effectiveness in removing Giardia lamblia cysts;

(b) Maintain, and make available for department review, a written record of pressure filter inspections; and

(c) Be prepared to conduct filter inspections in the presence of a department representative, if requested.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-654, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-654, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-660  Filtration. (1) Turbidity performance requirements.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that the turbidity level of representative filtered water samples:

(i) Complies with the performance standards in Table 11; and

(ii) Never exceeds 5.0 NTU.



Table 11

turbidity performance requirements





Filtration Technology Filtered water turbidity (in NTUs) shall be less than or equal to this value in at least 95% of the measurements made each calendar month
Conventional, Direct and In-line 0.50
Slow Sand 1.0
Diatomaceous Earth 1.0
Alternate Technology ((1.0)) as determined by the department


(b) The department may allow the turbidity of filtered water from a system using slow sand filtration to exceed 1.0 NTU, but never 5.0 NTU, if the system demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the higher turbidity level will not endanger the health of consumers served by the system. As a condition of being allowed to produce filtered water with a turbidity exceeding 1.0 NTU, the purveyor may be required to monitor one or more parameters in addition to the parameters specified under WAC 246-290-664. The department shall notify the purveyor of the type and frequency of monitoring to be conducted.

(2) Giardia lamblia and virus removal credit.

(a) The department shall notify the purveyor of the removal credit granted for the system's filtration process. The department shall specify removal credit for:

(i) Existing filtration facilities based on periodic evaluations of performance and operation; and

(ii) New or modified filtration facilities based on results of pilot plant studies or full scale operation.

(b) Conventional, direct, and in-line filtration.

(i) The removal credit the department may grant to a system using conventional, direct, or in-line filtration and demonstrating effective treatment is as follows:



Percent Removal Credit (log)
Filtration Technology Giardia Virus
Conventional 99.7 (2.5) 99 (2.0)
Direct and in-line 99 (2.0) 90 (1.0)


(ii) A system using conventional, direct, or in-line filtration shall be considered to provide effective treatment, if the purveyor demonstrates to the satisfaction of the department that the system meets the:

(A) Turbidity performance requirements under subsection (1) of this section; and

(B) Operations requirements of WAC 246-290-654.

(iii) The department may grant a higher level of Giardia lamblia and virus removal credit than listed under (b)(i) of this subsection, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the higher level can be consistently achieved.

(iv) As a condition of maintaining the maximum removal credit, purveyors may be required to periodically monitor one or more parameters not routinely monitored under WAC 246-290-664. The department shall notify the purveyor of the type and frequency of monitoring to be conducted.

(v) The department shall not grant removal credit to a system using conventional, direct, or in-line filtration ((which)) that:

(A) Fails to meet the minimum turbidity performance requirements under subsection (1) of this section; or

(B) Fails to meet the operating requirements under WAC 246-290-654.

(c) Slow sand filtration.

The department may grant a system using slow sand filtration 99 percent (2 log) Giardia lamblia cyst removal credit and 99 percent (2 log) virus removal credit, if the system meets the department design requirements under WAC 246-290-676 and meets the minimum turbidity performance requirements in subsection (1) of this section.

(d) Diatomaceous earth filtration.

The department may grant a system using diatomaceous earth filtration 99 percent (2 log) Giardia lamblia cyst removal credit and 90 percent (1 log) virus removal credit, if the system meets the department design requirements under WAC 246-290-676 and meets the minimum turbidity performance requirements in subsection (1) of this section.

(e) Alternate filtration technology.

The department shall grant, on a case-by-case basis, Giardia lamblia cyst and virus removal credit for systems using alternate filtration technology based on results of product testing acceptable to the department.

(f) The purveyor granted no removal credit shall:

(i) Provide treatment in accordance with WAC 246-290-662 (2)(e); and

(ii) Within ninety days of department notification regarding removal credit, submit an action plan to the department for review and approval. The plan shall:

(A) Detail how the purveyor plans to comply with the turbidity performance requirements in subsection (1) of this section and operating requirements of WAC 246-290-654; and

(B) Identify the proposed schedule for implementation.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-660, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-660, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-662  Disinfection for filtered systems. (1) General requirements.

(a) The purveyor shall provide continuous disinfection to ensure that filtration and disinfection together achieve, at all times the system serves water to the public, at least the following:

(i) 99.9 percent (3 log) inactivation and removal of Giardia lamblia cysts; and

(ii) 99.99 percent (4 log) inactivation and/or removal of viruses.

(b) Where sources receive sewage discharges and/or agricultural runoff, purveyors may be required to provide greater levels of removal and inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and viruses to protect the health of consumers served by the system.

(c) Regardless of the removal credit granted for filtration, purveyors shall, at a minimum, provide continuous disinfection to achieve at least 68 percent (0.5 log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and 99 percent (2 log) inactivation of viruses.

(2) Establishing the level of inactivation.

(a) The department shall establish the level of disinfection (log inactivation) to be provided by the purveyor.

(b) The required level of inactivation shall be based on source quality and expected levels of Giardia lamblia cyst and virus removal achieved by the system's filtration process.

(c) Based on ((period)) periodic reviews, the department may adjust, as necessary, the level of disinfection the purveyor shall provide to protect the health of consumers served by the system.

(d) ((The purveyor using alternate filtration technology shall ensure that disinfection achieves at least the following at all times water is served to the public:

(i) 90 percent (1 log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts when granted 99 percent (2 log) Giardia lamblia cyst removal credit, or 99.9 percent (3 log) inactivation of cysts when granted less than 99 percent (2 log) Giardia lamblia cyst removal credit; and

(ii) 99.9 percent (3 log) inactivation of viruses when granted 90 percent (1 log) virus removal credit, or 99.99 percent (4 log) inactivation of viruses when granted no virus removal credit.

(e))) Systems granted no Giardia lamblia cyst removal credit.

(i) Unless directed otherwise by the department, the purveyor of a system granted no Giardia lamblia cyst removal credit shall provide interim disinfection:

(A) To ensure compliance with the monthly coliform MCL under WAC 246-290-310;

(B) Achieve at least 99.9 percent (3 log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts; and

(C) Maintain a detectable residual disinfectant concentration, or an HPC level less than 500/ml, within the distribution system in accordance with subsection (6) of this section.

(ii) The purveyor shall comply with the interim disinfection requirements until the system can demonstrate to the department's satisfaction that it complies with the operating requirements and turbidity performance requirements under WAC 246-290-654 and 246-290-660(1), respectively.

(3) Determining the level of inactivation.

(a) Unless the department has approved a reduced CT monitoring schedule for the system, each day the system serves water to the public, the purveyor, using procedures and CT values acceptable to the department such as those presented in ((the DOH SWTR Guidance Manual)) department guidance of surface water treatment, shall determine:

(i) CTcalc values using the system's treatment parameters and calculate the total inactivation ratio achieved by disinfection; and

(ii) Whether the system's disinfection process is achieving the minimum levels of inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and viruses required by the department.

(b) The department may allow a purveyor to determine the level of inactivation using lower CT values than those specified in (a) of this subsection, provided the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the required levels of inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and viruses can be achieved.

(4) Determining compliance with the required level of inactivation.

(a) A purveyor shall be considered in compliance with the inactivation requirement when a total inactivation ratio equal to or greater than 1.0 is achieved.

(b) Failure to provide the required level of inactivation on more than one day in any calendar month shall be considered a treatment technique violation.

(5) Residual disinfectant concentration entering the distribution system.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that all water entering the distribution system contains a residual disinfectant concentration, measured as free or combined chlorine, of at least 0.2 mg/L at all times the system serves water to the public; and

(b) Failure to provide a 0.2 mg/L residual at entry to distribution for more than four hours on any day shall be considered a treatment technique violation.

(6) Residual disinfectant concentration within the distribution system.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that the residual disinfectant concentration in the distribution system, measured as total chlorine, free chlorine, combined chlorine, or chlorine dioxide, is detectable in at least ((95)) ninety-five percent of the samples taken each calendar month.

(b) Water in the distribution system with an HPC less than or equal to 500/ml is considered to have a detectable residual disinfectant concentration.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-662, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-662, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-664  Monitoring for filtered systems. (1) Source coliform monitoring.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that source water samples of each surface or GWI source are:

(i) Collected before the first point of disinfectant application and before coagulant chemical addition; and

(ii) Analyzed for fecal coliform density in accordance with methods acceptable to the department.

(b) At a minimum, the purveyor shall ensure source samples are collected for fecal coliform analysis at a frequency equal to ((10)) ten percent of the number of routine coliform samples collected within the distribution system each month under WAC 246-290-300, or once per calendar month, whichever is greater up to a maximum of one sample per day.

(2) Source turbidity monitoring.

(a) The purveyor using conventional, direct, or in-line filtration shall measure source turbidity at least once per day on a representative sample collected before disinfection and coagulant addition.

(b) Grab sampling or continuous turbidity monitoring and recording may be used to meet the requirement specified in (a) of this subsection.

(c) Purveyors using continuous turbidity monitoring shall record continuous turbidity measurements at equal intervals, at least every four hours, in accordance with a department-approved sampling schedule.

(3) Filtered water turbidity monitoring.

(a) The purveyor shall:

(i) Continuously monitor turbidity on representative samples from each individual filter unit and of the system's combined filter effluent, prior to clearwell storage;

(ii) Record continuous turbidity measurements at equal intervals, at least every four hours, in accordance with a department-approved sampling schedule; and

(iii) Conduct monitoring in accordance with the analytical techniques under WAC 246-290-638.

(b) Purveyors using slow sand filtration or an alternate filtration technology may reduce filtered water turbidity monitoring to one grab sample per day with departmental approval. Reduced turbidity monitoring shall be allowed only where the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that a reduction in monitoring will not endanger the health of consumers served by the water system.

(4) Monitoring the level of inactivation and removal.

(a) Each day the system is in operation, the purveyor shall determine the total level of inactivation and removal of Giardia lamblia cysts and viruses achieved.

(b) The purveyor shall determine the total level of inactivation and removal based on:

(i) Giardia lamblia cyst and virus removal credit granted by the department for filtration; and

(ii) Level of inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and viruses achieved through disinfection.

(c) At least once per day, purveyors shall monitor the following to determine the level of inactivation achieved through disinfection:

(i) Temperature of the disinfected water at each residual disinfectant concentration sampling point used for CT calculations; and

(ii) If using chlorine, pH of the disinfected water at each chlorine residual disinfectant concentration sampling point used for CT calculations.

(d) Each day during peak hourly flow (based on historical information), the purveyor shall:

(i) Determine disinfectant contact time, T, to the point at which C is measured; and

(ii) Measure the residual disinfectant concentration, C, of the water at the point for which T is calculated. The C measurement point shall be located before or at the first ((customer)) consumer.

(e) The department may reduce CT monitoring requirements for purveyors ((which)) that demonstrate to the department's satisfaction that the required levels of inactivation are consistently exceeded. Reduced CT monitoring shall only be allowed where the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that a reduction in monitoring will not endanger the health of consumers.

(5) Monitoring the residual disinfectant concentration entering the distribution system.

(a) Systems serving more than thirty-three hundred (((>3300))) people per month.

(i) The purveyor shall continuously monitor and record the residual disinfectant concentration of water entering the distribution system and report the lowest value each day.

(ii) If the continuous monitoring equipment fails, the purveyor shall measure the residual disinfectant concentration on grab samples collected at least every four hours at the entry to the distribution system while the equipment is being repaired or replaced. The purveyor shall have continuous monitoring equipment back on-line within five working days following failure.

(b) Systems serving thirty-three hundred or less (((<3300))) people per month.

(i) The purveyor shall collect grab samples or use continuous monitoring and recording to measure the residual disinfectant concentration entering the distribution system.

(ii) Purveyors of community systems choosing to take grab samples shall collect:

(A) Samples at the following minimum frequencies:



Population Served Number/day
25 - 500 1
501 - 1,000 2
1,001 - 2,500 3
2,501 - 3,300 4


(B) At least one of the grab samples at peak hourly flow; and

(C) The remaining samples evenly spaced over the time the system is disinfecting water that will be delivered to the public.

(iii) Purveyors of noncommunity systems choosing to take grab samples shall collect samples for disinfectant residual concentration entering the distribution system as directed by the department.

(iv) When grab samples are collected and the residual disinfectant concentration at the entry to distribution falls below 0.2 mg/L, purveyors shall collect a grab sample every four hours until the residual disinfectant concentration is 0.2 mg/L or more.

(6) Monitoring residual disinfectant concentrations within the distribution system.

(a) The purveyor shall measure the residual disinfectant concentration at representative points within the distribution system on a daily basis or as otherwise approved by the department.

(b) At a minimum, the purveyor shall measure the residual disinfectant concentration within the distribution system at the same time and location that a routine or repeat coliform sample is collected in accordance with WAC 246-290-300(2) or 246-290-320(2).

(c) The purveyor may measure HPC within the distribution system in lieu of measuring the residual disinfectant concentration in accordance with this subsection.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-664, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-664, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-666  Reporting for filtered systems. (1) The purveyor shall notify the department, as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the next business day, when:

(a) A waterborne disease outbreak potentially attributable to the water system occurs;

(b) The turbidity of the combined filter effluent exceeds 5.0 NTU at any time;

(c) The residual disinfection concentration falls below 0.2 mg/L at the entry point to the distribution system. The purveyor shall also report whether the residual was restored to 0.2 mg/L or more within four hours; or

(d) An event occurs ((which)) that may affect the ability of the water treatment facility to produce drinking water ((which)) that complies with this chapter including, but not limited to:

(i) Spills of hazardous materials in the watershed; and

(ii) Treatment process failures.

(2) The purveyor shall report results of monitoring conducted in accordance with WAC 246-290-664 to the department. Monthly report forms shall be submitted within ten days after the end of each month the system served water to the public.

(3) The purveyor shall report, at a minimum, all the information requested by the department using a department-approved form or format including:

(a) Water treatment facility operations information;

(b) Turbidity monitoring results. Continuous measurements shall be reported at equal intervals, at least every four hours, in accordance with a department-approved schedule;

(c) Disinfection monitoring information including:

(i) Level of inactivation achieved;

(ii) Residual disinfectant concentrations entering the distribution system; and

(iii) Residual disinfectant concentrations within the distribution system.

(d) Total level of removal and inactivation; and

(e) A summary of water quality complaints received from consumers served by the water system.

(4) A person certified under chapter 246-292 WAC shall complete and sign the monthly report forms required in this section.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-666, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-666, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-668  Watershed control. (1) The purveyor shall, to the extent possible, exercise surveillance over conditions and activities in the watershed affecting source water quality. The purveyor shall develop and implement a department-approved watershed control program.

(2) The purveyor shall ensure that an evaluation of the watershed is completed at least every six years. Watershed evaluations shall be performed such that results of the survey are included in the purveyor's water system plan in accordance with WAC 246-290-100 or small water system management program in accordance with WAC ((246-290-410)) 246-290-105, whichever is applicable.

(3) A professional engineer registered in the state of Washington shall direct the conduct of the watershed evaluation and develop a watershed evaluation report.

(4) The purveyor shall submit the report to the department within sixty days of completion of the watershed evaluation.

(5) The report shall describe the watershed, characterize the watershed hydrology, and discuss the purveyor's watershed control program. The report shall also describe:

(a) Conditions/activities in the watershed ((which)) that are adversely affecting source water quality;

(b) Changes in the watershed ((which)) that could adversely affect source water quality that have occurred since the last watershed evaluation;

(c) The monitoring program the purveyor uses to assess the adequacy of watershed protection including an evaluation of sampling results; and

(d) Recommendations for improved watershed control.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-668, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-670  Compliance requirements for existing unfiltered systems installing filtration. (1) The purveyor of an existing unfiltered system shall:

(a) Install filtration ((by:

(i) June 29, 1993, for systems notified by the department before December 30, 1991, to install filtration; or

(ii))) within eighteen months after department notification((, for systems notified by the department after December 30, 1991, to install filtration.)); and

(b) Be subject to the ((effective dates,)) interim compliance requirements((, and treatment technique violations specified in Table 12)) as determined by the department and in conformance with 40 CFR 141.13 and WAC 246-290-632.

(2) The purveyor under an enforcement action or compliance agreement ((which)) that is dated prior to the effective date of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC, shall adhere to the compliance schedule for installation of filtration established in the departmental order or bilateral compliance agreement in lieu of the dates specified in subsection (1) of this section.



((Place illustration here.))

(3) The purveyor required to install filtration shall submit an action plan and schedule to the department for review and approval. The plan shall:

(a) Be submitted within ninety days of departmental notification; and

(b) Document the purveyor's plan and implementation schedule to comply with one of the following:

(i) Subparts A and B of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC, if continuing to use the surface or GWI source as a permanent source and installing filtration;

(ii) Subparts A and D of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC, if abandoning the surface or GWI source and purchasing completely treated water from a department-approved public water system using surface or GWI water; or

(iii) All other applicable sections of this chapter, if abandoning the surface or GWI source and developing an alternate department-approved ground water source.

(4) Between written departmental notification of the filtration requirement and installation of filtration, the purveyor shall meet:

(a) The interim disinfection requirements under WAC 246-290-672 or as otherwise directed by the department;

(b) The interim monitoring and reporting requirements under WAC 246-290-674; and

(c) All other applicable requirements of this chapter.

(5) The purveyor installing filtration shall ensure that when completed, the final treatment processes, consisting of filtration and disinfection, will comply with the requirements under WAC 246-290-660 and 246-290-662, respectively.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-670, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-670, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



Reviser's note: RCW 34.05.395 requires the use of underlining and deletion marks to indicate amendments to existing rules. The rule published above varies from its predecessor in certain respects not indicated by the use of these markings.



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-672  Interim treatment requirements. (1) Purveyors of existing unfiltered systems installing filtration shall provide interim disinfection treatment to:

(a) Ensure compliance with the monthly coliform MCL under WAC 246-290-310;

(b) Achieve ((at least 99 percent (2 log))) inactivation levels of Giardia lamblia cysts on a daily basis each month the system serves water to the public ((unless otherwise)) as directed by the department; and

(c) Maintain a detectable residual disinfectant concentration in the distribution system, measured as total chlorine, free chlorine, or combined chlorine in 95 percent or more of the samples taken each calendar month. Water in the distribution system with an HPC level less than or equal to 500/ml is considered to have a detectable residual disinfectant concentration.

(2) Failure to provide the required level of inactivation in subsection (1)(b) of this section on more than one day in any calendar month shall be considered a treatment technique violation.

(3) The department may require the purveyor to provide higher levels of treatment than specified in subsection (1)(b) of this section when necessary to protect the health of consumers served by the public water system.

(4) Interim treatment requirements shall be met in accordance with a schedule acceptable to the department.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-672, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-674  Interim monitoring and reporting. (1) Monitoring. Unless directed otherwise by the department, the purveyor of an existing unfiltered system installing filtration shall:

(a) Conduct interim monitoring in accordance with ((WAC 246-290-300 and 246-290-320)) 40 CFR 141.22; ((and))

(b) Measure the residual disinfectant concentration within the distribution system at the same time and location that a routine or repeat sample is collected in accordance with WAC 246-290-300(((2)))(3) or 246-290-320(2); and

(c) Measure residual disinfection concentrations at entry to the distribution system on a daily basis, or as directed by the department.

(2) Reporting.

(a) The purveyor installing filtration shall report to the department as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the next business day, when:

(i) A waterborne disease outbreak potentially attributable to the water system occurs;

(ii) The turbidity of water delivered to the public exceeds 5.0 NTU; or

(iii) The interim disinfection requirements under WAC 246-290-672 are not met.

(b) The purveyor shall report results of monitoring to the department. Monthly report forms shall be submitted within ten days after the end of each month the system served water to the public.

(c) The purveyor shall report, at a minimum, all the information requested by the department using a department-approved form or format including:

(i) Water quality information, including results of monitoring in accordance with WAC 246-290-300 and 246-290-320;

(ii) Disinfection monitoring information;

(iii) A summary of water quality complaints received from consumers served by the system.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-674, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-676  Filtration technology and design criteria. (1) General.

(a) The purveyor proposing to construct new water treatment facilities or to make additions to existing water treatment facilities for surface and GWI sources shall ensure that the facilities comply with the treatment, design, and reliability requirements of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC.

(b) The purveyor shall submit an engineering report to the department describing how the treatment facilities will be designed to comply with the requirements specified in Subparts A, B, and C of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC.

(2) Filtration technology.

(a) The purveyor shall select a filtration technology acceptable to the department using criteria such as those outlined in ((the DOH SWTR Guidance Manual)) department guidance on surface water treatment. The following filtration technologies are considered acceptable:

(i) Conventional;

(ii) Direct;

(iii) Diatomaceous earth; and

(iv) Slow sand.

(b) In addition to the technologies specified in subsection (1) of this section, alternate filtration technologies may be acceptable, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction all of the following:

(i) Through acceptable third party testing, that system components do not leach or otherwise add substances to the finished water that would violate drinking water standards ((or food and drug administration regulations)), or otherwise pose a threat to public health;

(ii) The technology's effectiveness in achieving at least 99 percent (2 log) removal of Giardia lamblia cysts or cyst surrogate particles. ((On a case-by-case basis, the department may allow, with adequate engineering justification, installation of an alternate filtration technology which achieves less than 99 percent (2 log) removal. Alternate technologies which achieve less than 1.5 log removal shall be considered unacceptable.)) The purveyor shall further demonstrate the technology's removal capability through research conducted:

(A) By a party acceptable to the department; and

(B) In accordance with protocol and standards acceptable to the department.

(iii) Through on-site pilot plant studies or other means, that the filtration technology:

(A) In combination with disinfection treatment consistently achieves 99.9 percent (3 log) removal and inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.99 percent (4 log) removal and inactivation of viruses; and

(B) Meets the applicable turbidity performance requirements ((in Table 11)) as determined by the department for the specific treatment process being considered, but in no case to exceed 1.0 NTU for the finished water.

(3) Pilot studies.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure pilot studies are conducted for all proposed filtration facilities, except where waived based on engineering justification acceptable to the department.

(b) The purveyor shall obtain department approval for the pilot study plan before the pilot filter is constructed and before the pilot study is undertaken.

(c) The pilot study plan shall identify at a minimum:

(i) Pilot filter design;

(ii) Water quality and operational parameters to be monitored;

(iii) Type of data to be collected, frequency of data collection, and length of pilot study; and

(iv) Pilot plant operator qualifications.

(d) The purveyor shall ensure that the pilot study is:

(i) Conducted to simulate proposed full-scale design conditions;

(ii) Conducted over a time period that will demonstrate the effectiveness and reliability of the proposed treatment system during changes in seasonal and climatic conditions; and

(iii) Designed and operated in accordance with good engineering practices and that ANSI/NSF standards 60 and 61 are considered.

(e) When the pilot study is complete, the purveyor shall submit a project report to the department for approval in accordance with WAC 246-290-110.

(4) Design criteria.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that water treatment facilities for surface and GWI sources are designed and constructed in accordance with good engineering practices documented in references such as those identified in WAC 246-290-200.

(b) Filtration facilities.

(i) The purveyor shall ensure that all new filtration facilities and improvements to any existing filtration facilities (excluding disinfection) are designed to achieve at least:

(A) 99 percent (2 log) removal of Giardia lamblia cysts; and

(B) 90 percent (1 log) removal of viruses.

(ii) The purveyor proposing to use an alternate filtration technology ((which doesn't)) that does not meet the requirements of (b)(i)(B) of this subsection shall demonstrate to the department's satisfaction that the potential for viral contamination of the source is low. The purveyor shall base the demonstration on results of a watershed evaluation acceptable to the department.

(iii) The purveyor shall ensure that all new filtration facilities contain provisions for filtering to waste with appropriate measures for backflow prevention.

(c) ((Disinfection systems.

(i))) The purveyor shall ensure that disinfection systems for new filtration facilities ((using other than alternate filtration technologies and)) or improvements to existing disinfection facilities are designed to ((achieve at least:

(A) 90 percent (1 log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts; and

(B) 99.9 percent (3 log) inactivation of viruses.

(ii) The purveyor proposing to use an alternate filtration technology shall ensure that the disinfection system is designed to comply with the following requirements as applicable:

(A) If the department has rated the filtration technology as capable of achieving at least 99 percent (2 logs) removal of Giardia lamblia cysts, the purveyor shall ensure that the disinfection system provides at least 90 percent (1 log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts; or

(B) If the department has rated the filtration technology as capable of achieving less than 99 percent (2 logs) removal of Giardia lamblia cysts, the purveyor shall ensure that the disinfection system provides at least 99.9 percent (3 logs) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts; and

(C) If the department has determined the filtration technology is not capable of removing viruses, the purveyor shall ensure that the disinfection system achieves at least 99.99 percent (4 log) inactivation of viruses)) meet the requirements of WAC 246-290-662.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-676, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-678  Reliability for filtered systems. (1) The purveyor shall ensure that reliability features are included in all water treatment facilities used to treat surface or GWI sources.

(2) Reliability features shall include but not be limited to:

(a) Alarm devices to provide warning of treatment process failures including coagulation, filtration, and disinfection. Alarm devices shall warn individuals responsible for taking corrective action and/or provide for automatic plant shutdown until corrective action can be taken;

(b) Standby replacement equipment available to assure continuous operation and control of coagulation, clarification, filtration and disinfection processes;

(c) Multiple filter units ((which)) that provide redundant capacity when filters are out of service for backwash or maintenance, except where waived based on engineering justification acceptable to the department.

(3) The department may accept alternatives to the requirements specified in subsection (2) of this section, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the proposed alternative will assure an equal degree of reliability.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-678, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-686  Compliance requirements for unfiltered systems. (1) The purveyor using an unfiltered surface or GWI source shall comply with:

(a) Subparts A and D of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC; and

(b) All other applicable sections of this chapter.

(2) The purveyor purchasing water from a system using a surface or GWI source shall comply with:

(a) The applicable requirements of Subpart A of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC;

(b) The disinfection, monitoring and reporting requirements under WAC 246-290-692 (5)(b), 246-290-694 (6)(b) and 246-290-696(4) respectively when purchasing completely treated surface or GWI water; or

(c) The treatment technique, monitoring and reporting requirements ((of Subpart D of Part 6 of chapter 246-290 WAC)) as directed by the department when the purveyor is purchasing incompletely treated surface or GWI water.

(3) The purveyor using an unfiltered GWI source shall be subject to the effective dates, compliance requirements, and violations specified in((:

(a) Table 13, when using an unfiltered surface source; or

(b) Table 14, when using an unfiltered GWI source)) Table 12.



((Table 13

COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR

SYSTEMS USING UNFILTERED SURFACE WATER SOURCES



REQUIREMENTS

EFFECTIVE

APPLICABLE

PART 6

REQUIREMENTS

VIOLATION TYPE
Turbidity

MCL

Treatment

Technique

From January 1,

1991 through

December 29, 1991))

Only Analytical,

Monitoring and

Reporting

Requirements (WAC

246-290-638,

246-290-694 and

246-290-696

respectively)

Still in

effect

Not in

effect yet

Beginning December

30, 1991 and

thereafter

Subparts A and D No longer

in effect

In effect as

defined in

WAC 246-

290-632))





Table ((14)) 12

COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR

SYSTEMS USING UNFILTERED GWI SOURCES



REQUIREMENTS

BECOME

EFFECTIVE

APPLICABLE

PART 6

REQUIREMENTS

VIOLATION TYPE
Turbidity

MCL

Treatment

Technique

Six months after

GWI determination

Only Analytical,

Monitoring and

Reporting

Requirements (WAC

246-290-638, 246-

290-694 and 246-290-

696 respectively)

((Still in effect))

Refer to 40 CFR 141.13 and 141.22

Not in

effect yet

Eighteen months

after GWI

determination

Subparts A and D No longer

in effect

In effect as

defined in

WAC 246-

290-632



(4) Purveyors of community systems using surface water sources had the option to remain unfiltered if they demonstrated compliance with the department's criteria to remain unfiltered by December 30, 1991.

(5) A purveyor ((using a department-determined)) that served water to the public before January 1, 1991, using a GWI source may have that source remain unfiltered, if, within eighteen months of GWI determination, the purveyor complies with Part 6 of this chapter ((246-290 WAC)) and ((in particular)), the source water quality and site-specific conditions under WAC 246-290-690 or 246-290-691 as demonstrated through monitoring conducted in accordance with WAC 246-290-694.

(6) ((After the department makes an initial determination that a system may)) the purveyor with sources that are approved to remain unfiltered((, the purveyor)) shall comply with the source water quality and site-specific conditions under WAC 246-290-690 or 246-290-691 as demonstrated through monitoring conducted in accordance with WAC 246-290-694.

(7) The purveyor shall install filtration when:

(a) The system fails to meet one or more of the source water quality and site-specific conditions under WAC 246-290-690 and 246-290-691; or

(b) The department determines that installation of filtration is necessary to protect the health of consumers served by the water system.

(8) The ((department shall provide written notification to the purveyor of:

(a) A filtration requirement; and

(b) An initial determination that the system may remain unfiltered)) purveyor, in response to a written notification by the department, shall install filtration within eighteen months.

(9) The purveyor may comply with the requirements to install filtration by:

(a) Constructing a water treatment facility that is designed, operated, and maintained in accordance with Subparts A, B, and C of Part 6 of this chapter;

(b) Satisfying the source water quality and site-specific criteria specified in WAC 246-290-691 and constructing treatment facilities that are designed, operated, and maintained to provide a limited alternative to filtration in accordance with WAC 246-290-692; or

(c) Abandoning the surface water or GWI source, and:

(((a))) (i) Developing an alternate, department-approved ground water source; or

(((b))) (ii) Purchasing completely treated water from a department-approved public water system.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-686, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-686, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending Order 352B, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93)



WAC 246-290-690  Criteria to remain unfiltered. (1) For a system not using the "limited alternative to filtration" option to remain unfiltered, the purveyor using a surface water or GWI source shall meet the source water quality and site-specific conditions under this section, as demonstrated through monitoring conducted in accordance with WAC 246-290-694.

(2) Source water quality conditions necessary to remain unfiltered.

(a) Coliform limits.

(i) The purveyor shall ensure that representative source water samples taken before the first point of disinfection have a fecal coliform density less than or equal to 20/100 ml in ((90)) ninety percent or more of all samples taken during the six previous calendar months the system served water to the public. Samples collected on days when source water turbidity exceeds 1.0 NTU shall be included when determining compliance with this requirement.

(ii) The purveyor shall submit a written report to the department if no source fecal coliform data has been submitted for days when source turbidity exceeded 1.0 NTU. The report shall document why sample results are not available and shall be submitted with the routine monitoring reports for the month in which the sample results are not available.

(b) Turbidity limits.

(i) The purveyor shall ensure that the turbidity level in representative source water samples taken ((immediately downstream from the intake and)) before primary disinfection does not exceed 5.0 NTU.

(ii) A system failing to meet the turbidity requirements in (b)(i) of this subsection may remain unfiltered, if:

(A) The purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the most recent turbidity event was caused by unusual and unpredictable circumstances; and

(B) Including the most recent turbidity event, there have not been more than:

(I) Two turbidity events in the twelve previous calendar months the system served water to the public; or

(II) Five turbidity events in the one-hundred-twenty previous calendar months the system served water to the public.

(iii) The purveyor of a system experiencing a turbidity event shall submit a written report to the department documenting why the turbidity event(s) occurred. The purveyor shall submit the report with the routine monitoring reports for the month in which the turbidity event(s) occurred.

(iv) The purveyor of a system with alternate, department-approved sources or sufficient treated water storage may avoid a turbidity event by implementing operational adjustments to prevent water with a turbidity exceeding 5.0 NTU from being delivered to consumers.

(v) When an alternate source or treated water storage is used during periods when the turbidity of the surface or GWI source exceeds 5.0 NTU, the purveyor shall not put the surface or GWI source back on-line, until the source water turbidity is 5.0 NTU or less.

(3) Site-specific conditions to remain unfiltered.

(a) Level of inactivation.

(i) The purveyor shall ensure that the Giardia lamblia cyst and virus inactivation levels required under WAC 246-290-692(1) are met in at least eleven of the twelve previous calendar months that the system served water to the public.

(ii) A system failing to meet the inactivation requirements during two of the twelve previous calendar months that the system served water to the public may remain unfiltered, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that at least one of the failures was caused by unusual and unpredictable circumstances.

(iii) To make such a demonstration, the purveyor shall submit to the department a written report documenting the reasons for the failure. The purveyor shall submit the report with the routine monitoring reports for the month in which the failure occurred.

(b) Redundant disinfection components or automatic shut-off.

The purveyor shall ensure that the requirement for redundant disinfection system components or automatic shut-off of water to the distribution system under WAC 246-290-692(3) is met at all times the system serves water to the public.

(c) Disinfectant residual entering the distribution system.

(i) The purveyor shall ensure that the requirement for having a residual entering the distribution system under WAC 246-290-692(4) is met at all times the system serves water to the public.

(ii) A system failing to meet the disinfection requirement under (c)(i) of this subsection may remain unfiltered, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the failure was caused by unusual and unpredictable circumstances.

(iii) To make such a demonstration, the purveyor shall submit to the department a written report documenting the reasons for the failure. The purveyor shall submit the report with the routine monitoring reports for the month in which the failure occurred.

(d) Disinfectant residuals within the distribution system.

(i) The purveyor shall ensure that the requirement for maintaining a residual within the distribution system under WAC 246-290-692(5) is met on an ongoing basis.

(ii) A system failing to meet the disinfection requirements under (d)(i) of this subsection may remain unfiltered, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the failure was caused by something other than a deficiency in source water treatment.

(iii) To make such a demonstration, the purveyor shall submit to the department a written report documenting the reasons for the failure. The purveyor shall submit the report with the routine monitoring reports for the month in which the failure occurred.

(e) Watershed control.

(i) The purveyor shall develop and implement a department-approved watershed control program.

(ii) The purveyor shall monitor, limit, and control all facilities and activities in the watershed affecting source quality to preclude degradation of the physical, chemical, microbiological (including viral), and radiological quality of the source. The purveyor shall demonstrate, through ownership and/or written agreements acceptable to the department, control of all human activities ((which)) that may adversely impact source quality.

(iii) ((A department guideline, titled DOH SWTR Guidance Manual, is available to assist purveyors with development and implementation of a watershed control program.)) At a minimum, the purveyor's watershed control program shall:

(A) Characterize the watershed hydrology and land ownership;

(B) Identify watershed characteristics and activities ((which)) that may adversely affect source water quality; and

(C) Monitor the occurrence of activities ((which)) that may adversely affect source water quality.

(iv) If the department determines significant changes have occurred in the watershed, the purveyor shall submit, within ninety days of notification, an updated watershed control program to the department for review and approval.

(v) The department may require an unfiltered system to conduct additional monitoring to demonstrate the adequacy of the watershed control program.

(vi) A purveyor shall be considered out of compliance when failing to:

(A) Have a department-approved watershed control program;

(B) Implement the watershed control program to the satisfaction of the department; or

(C) Conduct additional monitoring as directed by the department.

(((vii) The purveyor using a GWI source may use a department-approved wellhead protection program to meet the watershed control program requirements under (e) of this subsection with departmental approval.))

(f) On-site inspections.

(i) The department shall conduct on-site inspections to assess watershed control and disinfection treatment.

(ii) The department shall conduct annual inspections unless more frequent inspections are deemed necessary to protect the health of consumers served by the system.

(iii) For a system to remain unfiltered, the on-site inspection shall indicate to the department's satisfaction that the watershed control program and disinfection treatment comply with (e) of this subsection and WAC 246-290-692, respectively.

(iv) The purveyor with unsatisfactory on-site inspection results shall take action as directed by the department in accordance with a department-established schedule.

(g) Waterborne disease outbreak.

(i) To remain unfiltered, a system shall not have been identified by the department as the cause of a waterborne disease outbreak attributable to a failure in treatment of the surface or GWI source.

(ii) The purveyor of a system identified by the department as the cause of a waterborne disease outbreak may remain unfiltered, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that system facilities and/or operations have been sufficiently modified to prevent another waterborne disease outbreak.

(h) Total coliform MCL.

(i) For a system to remain unfiltered, the purveyor shall ensure that the MCL for total coliform under WAC 246-290-310 is met in at least eleven of the twelve previous calendar months the system served water to the public.

(ii) A system failing to meet the criteria in (i) of this subsection, may remain unfiltered, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the total coliform MCL violations were not caused by a deficiency in source water treatment.

(iii) The department shall determine the adequacy of source water treatment based on results of total coliform monitoring at the entry to the distribution system in accordance with WAC 246-290-694(2).

(i) THM MCL and monitoring.

For a system to remain unfiltered, the purveyor shall comply with the THM monitoring and MCL requirements under WAC 246-290-300 and 246-290-310, respectively.

(j) Laboratory services.

(i) For a system to remain unfiltered, the purveyor shall retain the services of the public health laboratory or another laboratory certified by the department to analyze samples for total and fecal coliform. Laboratory services shall be available on an as needed basis, seven days a week, including holidays. The purveyor shall identify in the annual comprehensive report required under WAC 246-290-696 the certified laboratory providing these services.

(ii) The department may waive this requirement, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that an alternate, department-approved source is used when the turbidity of the surface or GWI source exceeds 1.0 NTU.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-690, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



NEW SECTION



WAC 246-290-691  Criteria for unfiltered systems with a "limited alternative to filtration" to remain unfiltered. (1) For a system providing a limited alternative to filtration, the purveyor using a surface water or GWI source shall meet the source quality and site-specific conditions under this section.

(2) Source water turbidity requirements.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that the turbidity level in representative source water samples taken before primary disinfection does not exceed 5.0 NTU.

(b) A system with more than two turbidity events in the twelve previous calendar months the water was served to the public or more than five turbidity events in the one hundred twenty previous calendar months the water was served to the public shall expand the scope of its next annual comprehensive report required under WAC 246-290-696(6) to include:

(i) A description of the event or events;

(ii) A summary of previous turbidity events;

(iii) A proposed plan of corrective action; and

(iv) A schedule for implementing the action plan.

(3) Site-specific requirements.

(a) Level of inactivation.

(i) The purveyor shall ensure that the removal and/or inactivation levels required under WAC 246-290-630(11) are met in at least eleven of the twelve previous calendar months that the system served water to the public.

(ii) A system failing to meet the inactivation requirements in (a)(i) of this subsection in two or more months of the previous twelve calendar months the system served water to the public shall expand the scope of its annual comprehensive report required under WAC 246-290-696(6) to include:

(A) A description of the failure(s);

(B) A summary of previous inactivation failures;

(C) A proposed plan of corrective action; and

(D) A schedule for implementing the action plan.

(b) Watershed control.

(i) The watershed must not be allowed to be inhabited, except for those designated individuals and for those periods of time each year that would be directly associated with the protection of the watershed.

(ii) The purveyor shall develop and implement a department-approved watershed control program.

(iii) The purveyor shall monitor, limit, and control all facilities and activities in the watershed affecting source quality to preclude degradation of the physical, chemical, microbiological (including viral), and radiological quality of the source. The purveyor shall demonstrate, through ownership and/or written agreements acceptable to the department, control of all human activities that may adversely impact source quality.

(iv) At a minimum, the purveyor's watershed control program shall:

(A) Characterize the watershed hydrology and land ownership;

(B) Identify watershed characteristics and activities that may adversely affect source water quality; and

(C) Monitor the occurrence of activities that may adversely affect source water quality.

(v) If the department determines significant changes have occurred in the watershed, the purveyor shall submit, within ninety days of notification, an updated watershed control program to the department for review and approval.

(vi) The purveyor may be required to conduct additional monitoring to demonstrate the adequacy of the watershed control program.

(vii) A purveyor shall be considered out of compliance when failing to:

(A) Have a department-approved watershed control program;

(B) Implement the watershed control program to the satisfaction of the department;

(C) Conduct additional monitoring as directed by the department; or

(D) Prevent the human inhabitation of the watershed.

(c) On-site inspections.

(i) The purveyor shall submit to on-site inspections by the department to assess watershed control and disinfection treatment.

(ii) The purveyor shall submit to annual inspections by the department unless more frequent inspections are deemed necessary to protect the health of consumers served by the system.

(iii) The purveyor with unsatisfactory on-site inspection results shall take action as directed by the department in accordance with a department-established schedule.

(d) Waterborne disease outbreak.

(i) The system shall not be identified by the department as the cause of a waterborne disease outbreak attributable to a failure in treatment of the surface or GWI source.

(ii) A system identified by the department as the cause of a waterborne disease in (d)(i) of this subsection shall expand the scope of its annual comprehensive report required under WAC 246-290-696(6) to include:

(A) A description of the outbreak;

(B) A summary of previous waterborne disease outbreaks attributed to the system;

(C) A proposed plan of corrective action; and

(D) A schedule for implementing the action plan.



[]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-692  Disinfection for unfiltered systems. (1) General requirements.

(a) The purveyor without a limited alternative to filtration shall provide continuous disinfection treatment to ensure at least 99.9 percent (3 log) inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and 99.99 percent (4 log) inactivation of viruses at all times the system serves water to the public.

(b) The purveyor with a limited alternative to filtration shall provide residual disinfection treatment sufficient to ensure a residual concentration within the distribution system at all times.

(c) The ((department may require the)) purveyor may be required to provide greater levels of inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts, other pathogenic microorganisms of public health concern, and viruses to protect the health of consumers.

(((c))) (d) Failure to ((provide the required inactivation level on more than one day in any calendar month the system serves water to the public)) meet the inactivation level requirements of WAC 246-290-690 (3)(a) or 246-290-691 (3)(a) shall be considered a violation.

(2) Determining the level of inactivation.

(a) Each day the system without a limited alternative to filtration serves water to the public, the purveyor, using procedures and CT99.9 values specified in 40 CFR 141.74, Vol. 54, No. 124, (published June 29, 1989, and copies of which are available from the department), shall determine:

(i) CT values using the system's treatment parameters and calculate the total inactivation ratio achieved by disinfection; and

(ii) Whether the system's disinfection treatment process is achieving the minimum levels of inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts and viruses required by the department. For purposes of determining compliance with the inactivation requirements specified in subsection (1) of this section, no credit shall be granted for disinfection applied to a source water with a turbidity greater than 5.0 NTU.

(b) Each day the system with a limited alternative to filtration serves water to the public, the purveyor, using appropriate guidance, shall determine:

(i) CT values using the system's treatment parameters and calculate the total inactivation ratio achieved by disinfection; and

(ii) Whether the system's treatment process is achieving the minimum levels of inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts, viruses, or other pathogenic organisms of health concern that would be greater than what would be expected from the combination of filtration plus chlorine disinfection.

(c) The purveyor shall be considered in compliance with the daily inactivation requirement when a total inactivation ratio equal to or greater than 1.0 is achieved.

(((c))) (d) The purveyor of a system using a disinfectant ((other than chlorine)) or combination of disinfectants may use CT values lower than those specified in (a) of this subsection, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that the required levels of inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts ((and)), viruses, and, if providing a limited alternative to filtration, any other pathogenic organisms of public health concern, can be achieved using the lower CT values.

(((d))) (e) The purveyor of a system using preformed chloramines or adding ammonia to the water before chlorine shall demonstrate to the department's satisfaction that the system achieves at least 99.99 percent (4 log) inactivation of viruses.

(3) The purveyor using either unfiltered or "limited alternative to filtration" treated sources shall ensure that disinfection facilities provide either:

(a) Redundant components, including an auxiliary power supply with automatic start-up and alarm, to ensure continuous disinfection. Redundancy shall ensure that both the minimum inactivation requirements and the requirement for a 0.2 mg/L residual disinfectant concentration at entry to the distribution system are met at all times water is delivered to the distribution system; or

(b) Automatic shut-off of delivery of water to the distribution system when the residual disinfectant concentration in the water is less than 0.2 mg/L. Automatic shut-off shall be allowed only in systems where the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that automatic shutoff will not endanger health or interfere with fire protection.

(4) Disinfectant residual entering the distribution system.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that water entering the distribution system contains a residual disinfectant concentration, measured as free or combined chlorine, of at least 0.2 mg/L at all times the system serves water to the public; and

(b) Failure to provide a 0.2 mg/L residual at entry to distribution for more than four hours on any day shall be considered a treatment technique violation.

(5) Disinfectant residuals within the distribution system.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that the residual disinfectant concentration in the distribution system, measured as total chlorine, free chlorine, combined chlorine, or chlorine dioxide, is detectable in at least ((95)) ninety-five percent of the samples taken each calendar month.

(b) The purveyor of a system ((which)) that purchases completely treated surface or GWI water as determined by the department shall comply with the requirements specified in (a) of this subsection.

(c) Water in the distribution system with an HPC level less than or equal to 500/ml is considered to have a detectable residual disinfectant concentration.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-692, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-692, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-694  Monitoring for unfiltered systems. (1) Source coliform monitoring for systems without a limited alternative to filtration.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that source water samples of each surface or GWI source are representative and:

(i) Collected before the first point of disinfectant application; and

(ii) Analyzed for fecal coliform density in accordance with methods acceptable to the department.

(b) The purveyor shall ensure source samples are collected for fecal coliform analysis each week the system serves water to the public based on the following schedule:



Population

Served

Minimum

Number/week.*

25 - 500 1
501 - 3,300 2
3,301 - 10,000 3
10,001 - 25,000 4
>25,000 5



.*Must be taken on separate days.



(c) Each day the system serves water to the public and the turbidity of the source water exceeds 1.0 NTU, the purveyor shall ensure one representative source water sample is collected before the first point of disinfectant application and analyzed for fecal coliform density. This sample shall count toward((s)) the weekly source coliform sampling requirement.

(d) A purveyor shall not be considered in violation of (c) of this subsection, if the purveyor demonstrates to the department's satisfaction that, for valid logistical reasons outside the purveyor's control, the additional fecal coliform sample could not be analyzed within a timeframe acceptable to the department.

(2) Source coliform monitoring for systems with a limited alternative to filtration.

(a) The purveyor shall ensure that source water samples of each surface or GWI source are:

(i) Collected before the first point of primary disinfection; and

(ii) Analyzed for fecal coliform density in accordance with methods acceptable to the department.

(b) At a minimum, the purveyor shall ensure source samples are collected for fecal coliform analysis at a frequency equal to ten percent the number of routine coliform samples collected within the distribution system each month under WAC 246-290-300, or once per calendar month, whichever is greater, up to a maximum of one sample per day.

(3) Coliform monitoring at entry to distribution for systems without a limited alternative to filtration.

(a) The purveyor shall collect and have analyzed one coliform sample at the entry point to the distribution system each day that a routine or repeat coliform sample is collected within the distribution system under WAC 246-290-300(((2)))(3) or 246-290-320(2), respectively.

(b) The purveyor shall use the results of the coliform monitoring at entry to distribution along with inactivation ratio monitoring results to demonstrate the adequacy of source treatment.

(((3))) (4) Source turbidity monitoring for systems without a limited alternative to filtration.

(a) The purveyor shall continuously monitor and record turbidity:

(i) On representative source water samples before the first point of primary disinfectant application; and

(ii) In accordance with the analytical techniques under WAC 246-290-638.

(b) If source water turbidity is not the same as the turbidity of water delivered to consumers, the purveyor shall continuously monitor and record turbidity of water delivered.

(((4))) (5) Source turbidity monitoring for systems with a limited alternative to filtration. The purveyor shall:

(a) Continuously monitor turbidity on representative source samples before the first point of primary disinfection application;

(b) Record continuous turbidity measurements at equal intervals, of at least four hours, in accordance with a department-approved sampling schedule; and

(c) Conduct monitoring in accordance with the analytical techniques under WAC 246-290-638.

(6) Monitoring the level of inactivation.

(a) Each day the system is in operation, the purveyor shall determine the total level of inactivation of Giardia lamblia cysts ((and)), viruses, and, if providing a limited alternative to filtration, any other pathogenic organisms of health concern, achieved through disinfection.

(b) At least once per day, the purveyor shall monitor the following parameters to determine the total inactivation ratio achieved through disinfection:

(i) Temperature of the disinfected water at each residual disinfectant concentration sampling point used for CT calculations; and

(ii) If using chlorine, pH of the disinfected water at each chlorine residual disinfectant concentration sampling point used for CT calculations.

(c) Each day during peak hourly flow, the purveyor shall:

(i) Determine disinfectant contact time, T, to the point at which C is measured; and

(ii) Measure the residual disinfectant concentration, C, of the water at the point for which T is calculated. The C measurement point must be before or at the first ((customer)) consumer.

(((5))) (7) Monitoring the residual disinfectant concentration entering the distribution system for either unfiltered systems, or systems using a limited alternative to filtration.

(a) Systems serving more than thirty-three hundred (((>3300))) people.

(i) The purveyor shall continuously monitor and record the residual disinfectant concentration of water entering the distribution system and report the lowest value each day.

(ii) If the continuous monitoring equipment fails, the purveyor shall measure the residual disinfectant concentration on grab samples collected at least every four hours at the entry to the distribution system while the equipment is being repaired or replaced. The purveyor shall have continuous monitoring equipment back on-line within five working days following failure.

(b) Systems serving thirty-three hundred or less (((3300))) people.

(i) The purveyor shall collect grab samples or use continuous monitoring and recording to measure the residual disinfectant concentration entering the distribution system.

(ii) A purveyor choosing to take grab samples shall collect:

(A) Samples at the following minimum frequencies:



Population

Served

Number/day
25 - 500 1
501 - 1,000 2
1,001 - 2,500 3
2,501 - 3,300 4

(B) At least one of the grab samples at peak hourly flow based on historical flows for the system; and

(C) The remaining sample or samples at intervals evenly spaced over the time the system is disinfecting water that will be delivered to the public.

(iii) When grab samples are collected and the residual disinfectant concentration at the entry to distribution falls below 0.2 mg/L, the purveyor shall collect a grab sample every four hours until the residual disinfectant concentration is 0.2 mg/L or more.

(((6))) (8) Monitoring residual disinfectant concentration within the distribution system for either unfiltration systems, or systems using a limited alternative to filtration.

(a) The purveyor shall measure the residual disinfectant concentration within the distribution system at the same time and location that a routine or repeat coliform sample is collected in accordance with WAC 246-290-300(((2)))(3) or 246-290-320(2) or once per day, whichever is greater.

(b) The purveyor of a system ((which)) that purchases completely treated surface or GWI water as determined by the department shall comply with the requirements of (a) of this subsection or as otherwise directed by the department under WAC 246-290-300 (((1)(g))) (2)(c). At a minimum, the purveyor shall measure the residual disinfectant concentration within the distribution system at the same time and location that a routine or repeat coliform sample is collected in accordance with WAC 246-290-300(((2)))(3) or 246-290-320(2).

(c) The purveyor may measure HPC within the distribution system in lieu of measuring the residual disinfectant concentration in accordance with this subsection.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-694, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-694, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



AMENDATORY SECTION (Amending WSR 94-14-001, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94)



WAC 246-290-696  Reporting for unfiltered systems. (1) The purveyor shall report to the department as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the next business day, when:

(a) A waterborne disease outbreak potentially attributable to the water system occurs;

(b) The turbidity of water delivered to the public exceeds 5.0 NTU;

(c) The minimum level of inactivation required by the department is not met;

(d) The residual disinfectant concentration falls below 0.2 mg/L at the entry point to the distribution system. The purveyor shall also report whether the residual was restored to 0.2 mg/L or more within four hours; or

(e) The surface or GWI source is taken off-line due to an emergency.

(2) The purveyor shall report results of monitoring conducted in accordance with WAC 246-290-694 to the department. Monthly report forms shall be submitted within ten days after the end of each month the system served water to the public.

(3) The purveyor shall report, at a minimum, all the information requested by the department using a department-approved form or format including:

(a) Water quality information, including the results of both:

(i) Source coliform monitoring; and

(ii) Source turbidity monitoring.

(b) Disinfection monitoring information, including:

(i) Level of inactivation achieved;

(ii) Residual disinfectant concentrations entering the distribution system; and

(iii) Residual disinfectant concentrations within the distribution system.

(c) A summary of water quality complaints received from consumers served by the water system.

(4) The purveyor of a system ((which)) that purchases completely treated water shall:

(a) Report results of distribution system residual disinfectant concentration monitoring to the department using department-approved forms or format; and

(b) Submit forms to the department in accordance with subsection (2) of this section or as otherwise directed by the department.

(5) A person certified under chapter 246-292 WAC shall complete and sign the monthly report forms required in this section.

(6) Beginning in 1992, by October 10th of each year, the purveyor shall submit to the department an annual comprehensive report ((which)) that summarizes the:

(a) Effectiveness of the watershed control program and identifies, at a minimum, the following:

(i) Activities in the watershed ((which)) that are adversely affecting source water quality;

(ii) Changes in the watershed that have occurred within the previous year ((which)) that could adversely affect source water quality;

(iii) Activities expected to occur in the watershed in the future and how the activities will be monitored and controlled;

(iv) The monitoring program the purveyor uses to assess the adequacy of watershed protection including an evaluation of sampling results; and

(v) Special concerns about the watershed and how the concerns are being addressed;

(b) System's compliance with the criteria to remain unfiltered under WAC 246-290-690, or, when applicable, the criteria required if the system provides a limited alternative to filtration under WAC 246-290-691; and

(c) Significant changes in system design and/or operation ((which)) that have occurred within the previous year which impact the ability of the system to comply with the criteria to remain unfiltered, or, if applicable, the ability of the system to provide a limited alternative to filtration in accordance with WAC 246-290-692.

(7) The purveyor of a system attempting to remain unfiltered or to remain with a limited alternative to filtration shall submit a Filtration Decision Report at the request of the department. The report shall:

(a) Provide the information ((needed)) by which the department ((to initially)) may determine whether a system continues to meet((s)) the criteria to remain unfiltered or, if applicable, the criteria allowing the provision of a limited alternative to filtration; and

(b) Be submitted ((by the deadline)) on a schedule as specified by the department.



[Statutory Authority: RCW 43.20.050. 94-14-001, § 246-290-696, filed 6/22/94, effective 7/23/94; 93-08-011 (Order 352B), § 246-290-696, filed 3/25/93, effective 4/25/93.]



REPEALER



The following sections of the Washington Administrative Code are repealed:



246-290-115 Corrosion control recommendation report.

246-290-240 Disinfection of facilities.

246-290-330 Public notification.

246-290-410 Small water system management program.

246-290-430 Continuity of service.

246-290-440 Operations.

246-290-610 Definitions relating to surface water treatment.

Legislature Code Reviser

Register

© Washington State Code Reviser's Office